Home

3 When

1. 7 The header unit is selected as the outdoor unit for 11 When low pressure of the troubled outdoor unit dropped below 0 10MPa close fully service valve of the balance pipe Push the push SW05 to finish the pump down operation 9 Close service valve of the gas pipe with checking the low pressure and then adjust the pressure to 0 12MPa 12 Turn off the main power supply of all the outdoor units 10 When pressure of the troubled outdoor unit manifold gauge and pressure of the header unit become almost same close valve of the gas pipe fully Using a recovery device the remained refrigerant in the outdoor unit in which pump down operation has finished and measure the amount All of the refrigerant recovery work has finished Return all SW01 02 03 of the header unit to 1 1 1 to complete the work 237 13 2 How to Operate the System during Repairing of the Defective Outdoor Unit lt Work procedure gt 1 Follow to the abovementioned 13 1 Refrigerant Recovery in the Troubled Outdoor Unit 2 Next recover the refrigerant in the system by using a recovery device etc The refrigerant amount to be recovered is determined based upon the capacity of the troubled outdoor unit See the following table Example In a case of backup for 10HP outdoor unit in 30HP system in the original system HP 30HP system 37 5kg Refrigerant amount in system HP 20HP system after backup
2. communi ation P communi ation circuit ower circuit circuit 2 Jk 3 dk Wireless remote controller kit Sensor P C board Remote controller Emergent SW Function setup SW GE SR H8 3039 ITCJ sensor sensor CCU 4 Float input None for Concealed Duct Power Power supply i supply L IN U1 U2 Outdoor Outdoor i i r Be Indoor Outdoor Max 8 units are connectable 1 unit unit 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed maximum 7 units are connectable Power suppl 1 200 240V 50Hz 1 220V 60Hz 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the sub remote controller lt adA_ IeM UDIH dA Hulas apun adAL puepueis ong p je vuos adA_ y sses Heyosiq Iy Aem p gt Un 19 01 U09 8 0W94 SS j 1 M PUB 194 01 U09 0wW 31 qns urew y oq JO uonoauuoy E DL In case of Al NETWORK Max 8 units are connectable 1 Central control X remote controller Icommunication Option Y Main Sub Center remote controller Weekly timer driver Function setup i unction setup Remote controller Secondar communication iroi batter circuit Indoor unit 1 Network adaptor Option Network I adaptor Remo Indoor control PC board MCC 1403 PC board controller Remote mmun n controller
3. Follower unit B 5 3 phase 380 415V Leak interception Main switch Indoor unit JAB U AJB a Ea eae 1 phase 230V Leak interception IT Ea Main switch Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller U1 1 Is relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup ec Relay connector Is relay connector of the follower unit removed a 3 Is the end resistance SW30 2 of the header unit with the least refrigerant line address number in the central control line turned on Terminal Setup is unnecessary for follower unit resistance l 4 Are the terminal resistance SW30 2 of the header units except for the line of which central control refrigerant line address is the small est turned off Setup is unnecessary for follower unit 5 Are not addresses in the line address SW13 SW14 duplicated in each refrigerant line NOTE The above table does not describe all the electric cablings For details refer to each installation manual for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller and optional devices 103 8 5 Troubleshooting in Test Operation If the phenomena appear such as a check code is output or the remote controller is not accepted in power ON after cabling work or in address setup operation the following causes are considered 8 5 1 A check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check code Center unit displayed on 7 segment Cause Counterme
4. Remote controller communication circuit TA sensor TCI sensor None for Concealed Duct type fan motor U1 U2 communication Outdoor unit Power supply 19200 240V 50Hz 10220V 60Hz e R ebe Indoor Outdoor CNZ CN Weekly timer driver 19 01 U09 0W91 qans uiew JO UOI DBUUOY 1 batter 2 1 Ie 3 d Indoor unit e a aal B Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 main sub remote controllers are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the sub remote controller 4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling Power Power supply supply l l Outdoor Outdoor unit unit lt adA_ IeM UDIH dA Hulas apun adAL puepueis ong p je vuos dA y sses Heyosiq Iy Aem p gt LO HUT AOOpuU LO LINDAID TOULNOD AO NOILVENSISANOO Ol weibeiq yoo g 19 01 U05 100pU Sle Main Sub Center remote controller Up to 2 units Weekly timer Function setup Remote controller communication circuit 1 A Network adaptor Option Network H acaptor E P C board anos communication MCC 1401 circuit Indoor control P C board MCC 1403 Remote controller communication circuit Central control TA sensor TCI sensor 6 5
5. MCC 1401 co mur Neal communication Wireless remote circuit controller kit E Al NET CPU Remote H8 3687 TA sensor controller communi ation circuit section circuit TCI sensor E T circuit Power Transformer Driver C2 sensor circuit CJ sensor al Float inpu None for Concealed Duct Outside signal input circuit circuit 29 Indoor fan motor Transformer l aa sa Indoor Outdoor yp communication 4 Nome for concealed duct E 2 Floor standing cabinet 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed Floor standing concealed maximum 7 units are connectable 5 ee 5 Nome for concealed duct A l 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 1 220V 60Hz Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the sub remote controller Floor standing 2 DSP 3 ah lt adA_ Bbulpueis 10014 adAL payeadu04y Hulpuels 10044 adAL Joulqey Hulpue s 10044 adAL aunssaig 911e1S YIH nq pejeadu04y adAL yp sses abieyosig sly Aem adAL y sses sbieyosig Im Aem z gt Power 1 1 Power supply supply Outdoor Outdoor unit unit 6 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type Occ Microcomputer operation LED H d ma d MCC 1402 078 COMPONENT SIDE 1FA4B1B052900 2 o Be 7 T30 6 DC fan output D330 aa Nk 1 S R333 R423 R422 R421 IC340 T
6. CN31i _ o O 266 17 2 6 Comp IPDU Board Replacement Procedure Manual This service board is commonly installed in different models before shipment If the board assembly is to be replaced replace it properly in accordance with the model following this procedure manual lt Replacement steps gt 1 2 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor control unit Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit Confirm that the charged voltage of the condenser has been fully discharged Confirm that the voltage between CN13 and CN15 is OV Remove all of the connector and fasten and screw terminals connected to the A3 IPDU board Remove the connector and fasten terminals by holding them Remove 2 screws that fix the IGBT Q200 of the Comp IPDU board to the heat sink 5 Remove the Comp IPDU board from the four card edge spacers 8 9 Set the dip Switch SW801 of the Comp IPDU board as instructed in the table below If the model is not specified inspection L29 is displayed and the equipment will not operate After setting the dip Switch of the service board apply silicone grease evenly onto the IGBT and install it in the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the card edge spacers Fix the IGBT of the Comp IPDU board to the heat sink with two screws serted 10 If a component part on the board is bent during board replacement adjust it manually not to contact other 11
7. Flow selector TE A Ee i d ORN ORANGE GE LST cnot BRW BROWN ISS Te WHI SPN Indoor unit S earth screw d J Closed end Gar Q4 connector Power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz RSR W e Wi 1 O Indicates the terminal bolock letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side 3 indicate the control p c board Symbol __ _Partsname I POIN HL9SOdV HL8rOdY HL9IEOdY HLZZOdY HL tZ0dV HL8SLOdY HISLOdV SININ odA_ Hulpuejs 10014 OL L z D 4 Except 5HP 6HP oi ee ag a eee Ee Io lo Fm Or i _ Pressure Pressure Option Option l Option A Option i l Option di Al T i Sensor Sensor Board Board I Board Board ut Board Bess l PS PD ECKER r TIT roc ryo rT rrt 63H1 63H2 m see z fRA 2 as a z AA Ai pL GL BEL EE 000000 0008100801000 00000000000000 0000000000 BOLIOOOIOOOOCOHOOCOGOMOOOOIOOOOIOOOOVIOOCOIOOCDIOOCOCOIOOCOIDEOIDG O S BLU rh rh rir oun CNOS CN300 CN301 i CN500 CN501 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN513 CN512 CN306 CN308 OO aA D1 FAN IPDU eae acl Power supply BLU WHI WHI WHI 1 WHI RED RED BLK WHI BLU BLU WHI BLU So MI YEL P C Board GYS Ysy P C board for FAN dapcgaye 25955 Owens ifn MCC 896 897 4444 1404 MCC 1439 ee SEN SE Gees CNO1 KA Ce CN501 ASAS CN503 ee E lt lt Lb RED d a PNK e BLK RED 00 OG EH o
8. Is sub code of outdoor I F P C board Od N Is there no problem such as stuffing or blast blowing to discharge port of outdoor fan YES Correct cause of overload NO Check fan IPDU 201 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P26 14 G Tr short circuit protection error 1 Outdoor unit power error d07 Al NET 2 IPDU error Cable connection error 3 Compressor error 4 IPDU PC board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Z O Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal Correct power line YES Is wire connector connection on IPDU PC board normal Correct connection of wire connector Z O YES YES Replace fuse and Is there no fusing of AC30A fuse IPDU PC board NO Is compressor normal Replace compressor Z O YES Is smoothing condenser normal NO Check capacity coming out 1500uF 350V external appearance YES Replace IPDU P C board 202 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P29 16 Compressor position 1 Cable connector connection error d07 Al NET detective circuit error 2 Compressor error 3 IPDU PC board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Are connector connection NO Check and correct circuit and cables and wiring normal such as cabling to compressor etc YES YES Is not grounded Compressor error gt Replace NO SR YES Is not winding shorted Is windin
9. Set SW01 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 Sw02 to 6 and SWO3 to 1 respectively H is displayed on 7 segment display A TEST is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that H is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit ggg o SW01 SW02 SW03 ir ia o lt Rotary switch gt NOTE The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 115 3 Batch start stop ON OFF function This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt PowerON 3 Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed under condition of SW01 1 SW02 1 SWO3 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The unit which is not given with priority by heating Set up the operation mode of the remote controller priority control cooling priority control and selection If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode of cooling or heating mode is not operated FAN COOL HEAT In this case OU or is displayed on the remote controller Set on the interface P C board of the header unit SW01 to 2 Sw02 to 7 and SWO3 to 1 respect
10. The indoor unit numbers in a group control are successively displayed and the corresponding indoor fan is turned on Operation while the air conditioner stops 7 Push buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more e Unit No Add is displayed e The fans of all the indoor units in a group control are turned on 2 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively displayed e The firstly displayed unit No indicates the address of the header unit e Only fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on Operation procedure 3 Push button to finish the procedure 7152 53 End All the indoor units in group control stop 98 e To confirm all the unit numbers from an arbitrary wired remote controller lt Procedure gt Operation while the air conditioner stops The indoor unit No and position in the same refrigerant piping can be confirmed An outdoor unit is selected the indoor unit numbers in the same refrigerant piping are successively displayed and then its indoor unit fan is turned on 7 Push the timer time buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Dr Firstly the line 1 item code 9 Address Change is displayed Select outdoor unit 2 Using buttons select the line address 3 Using button determine the selected line addre
11. 16 and set SW02 and SW03 to address No 1 to 64 to be started Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Setup Push SW05 for 2 seconds or more set SW01 16 and set SW02 and SW03 to address No 1 to 64 to be stopped Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Setup Push SW04 for 10 seconds or more set SW01 16 and set SW02 and SW03 to address No 1 to 64 to be operated Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 7 segment display Section A Section B C C Section A Section B H Hl Section A Section B CH 11 11 is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds Section A Section B CH 00 00 is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 11 for 5 seconds from operation ON Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 00 for 5 seconds from operation OFF Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays FF for 5 seconds from test operation ON NOTE 1 This start stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit such as start stop operation mode etc It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals NOTE 2 The above controls are not used during abn
12. Cos Z S O v wi ee Optional output d g SECH ul oe BAL TER E wl l KE Sai P SENSOR e CO Cap d Remote controller RY007 3X vvh ESA Ee NN e L_ Drain pump output ae S ae Nu ay i FAN N CNIO3TF BL oi PNL ou oun oun SG e a CN309 7 o 19 Optional G OPi gd E EN SS E RY004 o 1C060 2 o Ge S JPO76 ower suppl P p pply ano20 GRL TCJ Et TC E2 TCUuE CHK DISA cnosti RC HEATER CNO16 NOJO FS EXCT TCI sensor AC fan output EECH SE an outpu p TC2 sensor DISP Used for Filter Option error input CHK J Servicing TCJ sensor Float SW Short plug is inserted in Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type Floor standing cabinet type Floor standing type Floor stabding conceded type 1 2 way Air discharge cassette 1 way Air discharge cassette Floor standing only lt adA_ Bbulpueis 100414 odAt payeadu04y Hulpuels 1004 43 adAL oulqey Hulpue s 10044 adAL dunssaig 911e1S YIH nq pejeaou04y adAL yp sses obieyosig sly Aem adAL y sses sbieyosig sly Aem z gt COV L OOIN MCC 1520 lt 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Type gt D s IGO MCC 1520 01 COMPONENT SIDE Power supply trans side Input Control P C board side Output 222 10 1 3 Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C Board
13. Float input None for Concealed Duct CPU H8 3039 Power circuit Driver Outside Indoor fan motor Power Power supply supply Lj IN UT TE Indoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor dl us communication unit unit Outdoor unit Power supply 1 200 240V 50Hz 10220V 60Hz Indoor unit UE e R Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 main sub remote controllers are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the sub remote controller 4 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed 5 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed Floor standing 6 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type lt adA_ Bbulpueis 10014 adAL payeadu04y Hulpuels 10044 adAL Joulqey Hulpue s 10044 adAL aunssaig 911e1S YIH nq pejeadu04y adAL yp sses abieyosig sly Aem adAL y sses sbieyosig Im Aem z gt 9l Indoor unit we Ye 1 A H k B 3 A B B Network adaptor Option Wireless remote 2 A H m controller kit adaptor Sensor P C board adaptor Remote Indoor control P C board MCC 1402 z PC board controller Remote EEPROM Remote MCC 1401 communication controller controller circuit communication communicatio
14. Indoor group address unset Corresponding Address was not yet set up e Check indoor address unit only stops Note After installation this code is displayed when the power is firstly turned on All stop On the I F PC board for service Check model setup on outdoor I F PC board jumper line was not cut according Assy for service to the model All stop Duplicated central control e Check central control address addresses e Check network adaptor P C board In case of Al NET L28 L28 Quantity over of connected outdoor All stop There were more than four outdoor e Check No of connected outdoor units units units Max 4 units per 1 system e Check communication line between outdoor units e Check outdoor PC board I F error L29 L29 IPDU1 error IPDU quantity error All stop No of IPDU units detected when e Check model setup for outdoor I F service IPDU2 error power was turned on were less P C board IPDU1 2 errors e Check connection of UART communication Fan IPDU error connector IPDU1 e Check IPDU fan IPDU and I F PC board Fan IPDU error error IPDU2 Fan IPDU error Note UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver All IPDU error or Transmitter communication error between IPDU and I F PC board or outdoor I F PC board error pl Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Al NET Section Check code name Error detection condition Check item position central control Sub co
15. O Humidifier output CN66 E DC12V In heating thermo ON Fan ON Humidifier output ON Humidifier provided Drain pump ON is set up by CN70 Output short circuit or from remote controller DN 40 Fan output CN32 DC12V Shipment setup ON with indoor unit operation and OFF with stop are linked Output Single operation by FAN button on remote controller is set up from remote controller DN 31 CN61 ON OFF input HA ON OFF input J01 YES NO Pulse At shipment Static input select OG Main prohibition input Operation stop of main remote controller is permitted prohibited by input Operation output ON during operation Answerback of HA Option output CN60 CN80 DC12V COM Alarm output ON during alarm output DC12V COM Defrost output ON when outdoor unit is defrosted Thermo ON output ON during Real thermostat ON Compressor ON COOL output ON when operation mode is cooling system COOL DRY Cool Heat Auto cooling HEAT output ON when operation mode is heating system HEAT Cool Heat Auto cooling Fan output ON when indoor fan is ON During use of air cleaner Interlock cabling DC12V COM Generate check code L30 for 1 minute continuously to stop forcedly the operation Outside error input DC12V COM Outside error input CN70 CHK operation check CN71 Check mode input Used for indoor operation check Outdoor does not communicate with remote controller and outputs speci
16. Oldest Do not push CL button because all the error histories of the indoor unit will be deleted After confirmation push button to return to the usual display 133 In case of TCC LINK central control remote controller TCB SC642TLE EB D 63 73 8 Ff odo a Ue e 234 UNT No Fol war nh 3 pipe He E GROUP Ca JE DWOR oA ar aC E C Cr 1 Confirmation and check When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the check code and the indoor unit No are displayed on the display section of the remote controller The check code is displayed while the air conditioner operates If the display disappeared operate the air conditioner and check the error based upon the following Confir mation of error history Unit No display Alarm display UNIT No i AN a Q aal E P _ Alternate flashing display 7 ILI R C No 2 Confirmation of error history When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the error history can be confirmed with the following proce dure Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory This history can be confirmed from either operating or stop Push A and SET buttons in succession for 4 seconds or more 2 SERVICE CHECK goes on and Item code 01 goes on 3 When selecting flash the group number if there is the alarm history the UNIT number and the latest alarm history are displayed alternately In this time the temperature cannot be set up 4
17. Replace Is service valve fully opened Open service valve fully YES Reset power supply and start a test Cooling To Check I F P C board operation corresponded to the season Heating To C Failure gt Replace Are characteristics of NO high pressure sensor normal Replace the high pressure sensor Cooling operation NO NO Does cooling outdoor fan Is there no crack or normally operate coming off of fan Repair faulty parts YES Connector connection fan IPDU fan motor wiring Is there a cause to interfere operation of heat exchanger of outdoor unit 1 Heat exchanger clogging 2 Air short circuit YES Eliminate the interfered causes NO NO Is SV2 circuit normal Repair SV2 circuit YES Coil error clogging disconnection of wiring etc 189 Repair SV4 circuit Is SV4 circuit normal Coil error clogging disconnection of wiring etc YES Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition Heating operation YES Does heating indoor fan normally operate NO Is connector connection coil normal Is indoor PMV normal YES Repair faulty parts Is there a cause to interfere operation of indoor heat exchanger 1 Air filter clogging 2 Heat exchanger clogging 3 Air short circuit Eliminate the interfered causes NO Is SV5 circuit normal YES Are connector connection NO heat exchanger fan and fan
18. S code Indoor PMV opening dara 8 Dara is played wih Hexadecimal rotaion Indoor TA sensor data B Data s payed with Hexadecimal noron Indoor TF sensor data 8 Dara is spayed wih Hexadecimal noron Indoor TCs sensor data 8 Data is payed wih Hexadecimal noon Indoor T61 sensor data B Data s payed with Hexadecimal noron Indoor TC2 sensor data B Dara is payed wih Hexadecimal noron NOTE Indoor address No is chosen by changing SW02 and SWO3 ES SS oo 6 Outdoor EEPROM write in error code display Displayed on the header unit only The latest error code written in EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed It is used when confirming the error code after power supply has been reset Set SW01 to 03 as shown in the following table and the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more to display an error code 7 segment display segment 7 segment display SW01 SW02 SW03 Display contents eS E 16 The latest error code of the header unit 1 U1 The latest error code of the follower unit 1 U2 The latest error code of the follower unit 2 U3 The latest error code of the follower unit 3 U4 209 9 7 Sensor Characteristics 9 7 1 Outdoor Unit m Temperature sensor characteristics Characteristic 3 40 Outdoor TS1 TO TL sensors 200 30 150 g g L L S 20 S 100 Wel Wel d d 10 50 0 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 H Temperature C 200 150 50 Resistance kQ 10 C or low
19. WHI YEL WHI BLK BLU BLU YEL BLU WHI connector VIN Ne We NY N VIN za NW le mn W eN a W zen W sn W N iy Ne eN a W zen W sn We NI Le we NWY W W N ViN aN VN aN ANI les a VGN WaN W D DS 00OCONOORLOCOCOOONOCOCOOOONMOCOCOMO ONO CONOC ON00000R Earth screw Fandrive Option IS DI IG GX X Pawar Rem r a 8 mm a ree NE re Sere fasta Z N 220V 60Hz fed t Color identification ene G ae adaptor RED BLK BLACK i f WHITE GRY GRAY YELLOW PNK PINK VOAR ZN5SZN K UE BLUE ORN ORANGE BROWN GRN GREEN I I I JO re MI LM2 Lover motor 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside Drain pump motor indicates the terminal number Float switch 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site j RY302 Drain control relay 3 Ndicaleaihe coniro PC board Wired remote Adaptor for wireless IP GX De PMV Pulse Motor Valve controller remote controller I POIN HUT JOOpU L WVdSVId OONIOIW d eyessey obieyosig Jg Aem p LL HL9OSOdV HI8tO0dV HI9EOdV HLOEOdV HIZZ0dV NINW HEVZOdV HL8LOdY HLSLOdY HLZLOdY H L600dV NININ Pl Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GRN GREEN Indoor unit Y VAN Earth screw al gt x Network Power supply ROSCH EN CNO1 Oe adaptor Single phase SAAS AAAA WHI 1
20. Wiring and setup e Use the exclusive connector for connection with the indoor control PC board e In a group control the system can operate when connecting with any indoor unit Control PC board in the group However when taking out the operation error signal from the other unit it is necessary to take out from each unit individually 1 Control items 1 Start Stop input signal Operation start stop in unit 2 Operation signal Output during normal operation 3 Error signal Output during alarm Serial communication error or indoor outdoor protective device operation 2 Wiring diagram using remote control interface TCB IFCB 4E Input IFCB 4E No voltage ON OFF serial signal Output No voltage contact for operation error display Contact capacity Below Max AC240V 0 5A Indoor control P C board ON side Start signal input OFF side Stop signal input COM Operation signal output Error signal output TCB IFCB 4E VV Power supply 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz T7 E Ventilating fan control from remote controller Function e The start stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan is installed in the system e The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating e Use a fan which can receive the no voltage A contact as an outside input signal e In a group control the units are collectively operated and they can not be ind
21. e If using a metal brush or hard sponge for mainte Ad Gelle Ce nance of the front panel the surface is scratched and Air filter coating of the front panel may be pealed Removes dust and trash Use neutral detergent for kitchen to clean a heavy dirt AIT ONET IS provided in Tie air inet gaile and then rinse the grille or flap with water Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade Attachment air filter Floor Standing type Cleaning of drain pan e For cleaning of the drain pan contact the dealer If the drain pan or drain port is clogged with dust water is disabled to drain In some cases water overflows from the drain pan and it may wet wall or floor Be sure to clean the drain pan before the cooling season lt Attachment detachment of the air filter gt e Pull the air filter downward and take out toward you e Insert the air filter into the indoor unit and push in it Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water e When dirt is heavy it is effective to clean the filter with tepid water with dissolved neutral detergent or cold water e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade 51 Floor Standing Cabinet Type Air outlet Air outlet flap e Before you clean the air conditioner be sure to turn off the circuit breaker or the main po
22. name Checkeodename Checkeodename name Cause of operation of Cause of operation L07 99 Group line in individual indoor unit The group line is connected in the d07 Al NET individual indoor unit Check setup item code DN 12 13 and 14 addresses There is individual indoor unit NO DN12 Line address DN13 Indoor address DN14 Group address Correct indoor group address Is there group cabling Check indoor P C board Failure gt Replace 183 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L08 99 Indoor group address unset Indoor address unset d07 Al NET NO Are powers of all the dione EE Turn on the power of indoor units Disconnect connectors between U1 U2 and U3 U4 Clear addresses Refer to Address dear Re execute address setup Refer to Address setup Note This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation Because the address is not yet set up Turn on the power of outdoor unit again Check codename code name Check code name Cause of operation L09 46 Indoor capacity unset Indoor capacity unset d07 Al NET Are capacity setups YES Set up capacity data of indoor unit of indoor units unset Setup item code DN 11 NO Check indoor P C board Defect Replace 184 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L10 88 Outdoor capacity unset On t
23. played and the fan is turned on First the current indoor address is displayed on the setup data Line address is not displayed 4 The indoor address of the setup data moves up down by the timer time 4 buttons Change the setup data to a new address 5 Push button to determine the setup data 6 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in the identical pipe are successively displayed Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates Repeat the procedure c to U and change all the indoor addresses so that they are not duplicated 7 Push button All the displays on LCD go on 8 Push button to finish the procedure i e i REMOTE oi 4 Do4 hs d J 3 Cancel of line selection 9 To finish the setup Sie ion pr r Here if the unit No is not called up the outdoor unit in Operation procedure this line does not exist 752543 54 Push button and th lect a li ding t noid EB on and then select a line according to Cd ee ee End 100 Clearance of address Return to status Address undecided at shipment from factory Method 1 An address is individually cleared from a wired remote controller 0099 is set up to lin
24. 0 ALNET ae a O Dau Over No of connected outdoor units aa al GE error 02 IPDU2 error 03 IPDUS8 error 04 Fan IPDU error SIM No of IPDU error 05 IPDU1 Fan IPDU error 06 IPDU2 Fan IPDU error 07 All IPDU error on Lan Detected indoor address Detected indoor address b6 Ip O SM Auxiliary interlock in indoor unit Indoor Peep E E i ee Mee 130 Bi i Check code Wireless remote controller Sensor block display Marena Outdoor 7 segment display MER ER of receiving unit et e Che controller Se control display Operation Timer Ready Flash Auxiliary code gid display C 01 Comp 1 side Indoor fan motor error Discharge temp TD1 error High pressure SW detection error IPDU Phase missing detection Phase order error 3 EE dien 02 Comp 2 side 5 01 Phase missing detection 02 Phase order error 7 01 Comp 1 side 02 Comp 2 side PO PO PO PO Indoor overflow error Indoor Indoor fan motor error Indoor Outdoor liquid back detection error Gas leak detection e P10 Detected indoor address ee l Pig 7 P15 P15 01 TS condition 02 TD condition Discharge temp TD2 error High pressure protective operation O Fan Outdoor fan IPDU error IPDU Vdc output error 01 Comp 1 side 02 Comp 2 side G TR short protection error IPDU 01 Comp 1 side S ae 02 Comp 2 side D Comp position detective circuit system error IPDU O a D D Other indoor unit error Gro
25. 1 is counted to the error count and the compressor driver reactivates after 2 minutes 30 seconds After reactivated the error count is cleared if the operation continues for 10 minutes or more 3 The error is determined with error count 4 The error P04 is displayed 72 e TH sensor is provided to IPDU1 and 2 each e The case thermostat is usually closed and connected to the interface PC board lt Other cautions gt 1 Cooling operation in low ambient temperature 1 When low pressure is lowered the freeze prevention control by the indoor unit TC sensor may decrease the frequency 2 When low pressure is lowered the cooling capacity control may decrease the frequency 3 When discharge temp sensor value lowers below 60 C the frequency may be increased over the receive command from the indoor unit 2 PMV Pulse Motor Valve for outdoor unit 1 When the power is turned on a tap sound to initialize PMV is heard If this sound is not heard PMV operation error is considered However this sound may not be heard at a place where outside sound takes precidence 2 Do not remove the driving part Head part of PMV during operation It may cause error in opening 3 When transporting replacing the set never keep the driving part removed The valve is closed and the valve is damaged by sealed liquid compression 4 When removing the driving part and attaching it again push in it securely until a click
26. Clogging check for oil equalization circuit e Drive the outdoor unit Drive both compressors in the unit e After driving for 10 minutes check temperature of TK1 and TK2 sensors and temperature of oil equalization circuit capillary in the figure were raised Criterion TK1 TK2 Td1 Td2 temperature Approx 10 to 30 C Oil equalization capillary tubes should be higher sufficiently than outside air temperature and suction temperature e If temperature is low a malfunction of capillary strainer or check valve is considered Repair the defective parts High pressure sensor si 6 Check joint X Oil separator SV2 Solenoid valve High pressure SW Sensor Be Be SS SKS Qe Qe oe Se E E Oo OT O O Solenoid Strainer GH DXX dD Balance pipe Packed valve 177 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H08 d4 Oil level detective TK1 to TK4 sensor Open Short d07 AI NET temperature sensor error Sub code 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error The detected error is an oil level detective temperature sensor error Check disconnection of the wiring and resistance value of the sensor If the sensors are normal replace the outdoor I F P C board CN514 Black CN515 Green CN516 Red CN523 Yellow Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TK1 temperature detective circuit error 1 Co
27. Confirm the corresponding items in 8 4 3 Address setup procedure and then set up address according to the operation procedure Be sure that the setup operation may differ in group control or central control Note Address cannot be set up if switches are not operated Address setup start e After address setup U1 is displayed in 7 segment display section Display check after e For follower outdoor units U2 to U4 are displayed in 7 segment display A setup e If an error code is displayed in 7 segment display B remove the cause of trouble referring to 9 Troubleshooting Using 7 segment display function check the system information of the scheduled system This check is executed on the interface P C board of the header unit Ll Rotary switch setup 7 segment display check after setup System capacity No of HP 8 8 No of connected outdoor units No of units No of connected indoor units Connected No of units After the above checks return rotary switches SW01 SW02 SWO3 to 1 1 1 7 segment Push switch Push switch Interface P C board ae A ae ae Push switch Se Pt boas i 4 ra R s e SW15 ie EE E CH TT TTT Iw e Ke 7 segment E de T display B SW01 swo2 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 93 8 4 3 Address Setup Procedure In this air conditioner it is required to set up address to the indoor unit before starting opera tion Set up the address according to the following setup proce
28. ENI o O Receiver section laid separately Receiver section Appearance Air Discharge Cassette type 4 way discharge type Separate sensor type ts Kee UNC ZONE IC 1929 39 4 0B 6D 8 fa i i d OFS FORO DEO gt PI a ww CS ON og e HU DE e wees UU Appearance GROUP SELECT ZONE lt gt DORS osam nm mees JCv J 64 system center controller 12 rane tee Y WY YnAY We on W N Q 03009 00000 erry l DEE D a Lee 000000 h am GE 0000OOLC 0000k pool on104 A111 YEL GE Noa DD RED OU W a E Oo W oof CN304 gt 47 RY303 a Od GRY s CN101 li i Indoor control P C board BLK 2X270 MCC 1402 00 TC2 RED eeh oDC20V A CO mn m INT Power DCH EA BRN 4 supply _oDC12V 3X3 Gel 3 circui sDC7V a CN80 PoyPNL BLK GRN Flow selector ER unit earth on screw CN66 Q CN73 deser WHI 2 RED 42 eRED 23 S CN44 UL CN50 CN32 CN61 CN60 CNS CN40 CNA CN309 CN20 CN70 Psion matt oo WHI gt p Indoor unit U4 Closedend BEN 2 WHI
29. Group address gt 1 2 2 2 2 Terminal Header In the above example under condition of no jump wire of the remote controller set the address after individual connecting of the wired remote controller Group address Individual 0000 Center unit 0001 Terminal unit 0002 In case of group control Operation procedure 1o2535 4355565 7 89 10 11 End SET DATA LEI P SZT LI 7 Push simultaneously buttons for 4 seconds or more LCD changes to flashing Refrigerant line address 2 Using the setup temp buttons set c to the item code 3 Using the timer time G buttons set up the line address Match it with the line address on the interface P C board of the header unit in the identical refrigerant line 4 Push button OK when display goes on Indoor address 5 Using the setup temp buttons set 7 to the item code 6 Using the timer time G buttons set up the indoor address 7 Push button OK when display goes on Group address 8 using the setup temp Ca Jil buttons set 7 to the item code 9 Using the timer time G buttons set Individual 2 70 Header unit 007 Follower unit ALA 10 Push button OK when display goes on 11 Push button 97
30. Hh 1 2 3 4 5 VV AK AN ZN AA ie eile eee 1 Network adaptor Breer hen ues 1 Option EE Een oes MCC 1401 ees WHI 4 Y2 i E i TERA hee i HII CNO2 4K i O PTPSI RED i 3 Si Aa ig l l RSD i i XY Se E WHI 6 TCJ ch TC2 A A Cao em 1 2 D es 1 2 rs A 1X2 D rs 1X2 AA 1X2 De es 1 2 D ee D Ns es 1 2X3 Ns Ne ae FS CN104 CN102 CN101 CNO30 YEL RED BLK RED Indoor control PC board MISKE CNO2 RGD ye CED YW 1520 VN aN enn We A We e Lee VT HEES Glod ES EH EE TR O indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site p J indicates the control P C board When attaching a drain pump exchange CN030 connector with a connector of the float switch part is connected to the terminal block When exchanging to the outside static pressure necessary at the local site check the terminal No and lead color of the fan motor in the below diagram and then exchange the lead wire indicated by the arrow mark Pay attention to change static pressure because the outside static pressure of H tap in 50 or 60Hz Wired for MMD AP0481 only BRN Wire gt Campy Sold separately DN __ Drainpumpmotor TC1 A 1X X3JCN100 1X23 BRN CN080 GRN KAN CN073 RED EXCT CNO70 CNo81 B
31. Is not indoor unit with YES different circuit connected Correct cabling NO Check with miscabling check function of outdoor unit In cooling season go to A In heating season go to B A Cooling Are following items concerned to indoor fan motor normal 1 Connector connection 2 Condenser 3 Motor 4 Fan Does indoor fan normally NO NO operate in cooling season Repair faulty parts YES Cleani Is there clogging of indoor ES air filter or heat exchanger YES Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Is connector connection NO SEENEN or coil normal epair faulty parts YES YES Is there clogging on whole valve Replace PMV body NO Is indoor PMV normal YES Refrigerant shortage or clogging or pipe deformed B Heating Is indoor fan system normal Check outdoor e Fan crack I F P C board e Fan coming off Failure gt Replace YES Is outdoor fan normally operated in heating season YES Is there clogging of eaning outdoor heat exchanger Repair faulty parts Is outdoor PMV normal YES Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe deformed 174 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H07 d7 Oil level down Valves of balance pipes closed d07 Al NET detection protection Miscabling or misinstallation of TK1 to TK4 sensors TK1 to TK4 sensor error Gas leak or oil leak of all outdoor units Refrigerant stagnation of compressor
32. L323 The status returns to the normal status Section A 3 SSC P GE 3 ee g 1 e Zille 2 r LE Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by _ button on the remote controller Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared 118 2 Clearing from the interface P C board Using the switches on the interface P C board this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply Restart of error detection Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board of the 7 segment display header unit to the following setting A B SW01 2 SW02 16 SWO3 1 Er Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 5 seconds or more C L is displayed in 7 segment display B on the P C board 7 segment display for 5 seconds and the error is completely cleared A B bas CL 3 Clearing of error check code by power reset This function is provided to clear error in a refrigerant circuit system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units Restart of error detection As same as the clearing method on the interfa
33. OK if display goes on 4 Using temperature setup _ a __v_ buttons set to the item code DN 5 Using the timer time 4 buttons set up the capacity code For example 0012 indicates 80 class Refer to the attached table 6 Push SET button OK if display goes on 7 Push button to return to the normal stop status 4 Inthe next the contents such as address setup which were set up at the local site after installation are written in EEPROM Execute again the operation in the above item 1 5 Using temperature setup Aa JI buttons set 4 to the item code DN Lighting time setup for filter sign 6 Compare the contents of the setup data which is displayed in this time with contents noted in a memo in Procedure 1 and customer s information 1 If data is incorrect change it using the timer time 4 buttons so that it matches with contents noted in a memo and then push button OK if display goes on 2 Do nothing if data is same as those in the memo 7 Using temperature setup buttons change the item code DN Check also the contents of the setup data and then change them it to those in the memo 8 Then repeat operations in items 6 and 7 9 After setup operation push button to return to the normal stop status 6 In a group operation turn off the power supply once return the group wires between indoor units and CN41 connectors as before and then turn on power of all the indoor units It requires approx
34. Sub code 02 characteristics error of resistance value 2 Oil equalization circuit error Check valve capillary clogging strainer clogging 3 Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell YES Is not TK2 sensor detached Correct installation of sensor NO Correct miscabling misinstallation Is there no miscabling or misinstallation YES a ae 9 on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 Are characteristics of TK2 sensor NO Senoren resistance value normal Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 Z YES YES Does OCR of MG SW operate Reset OCR manually 2 NO After power reset Error Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode Replace clogging part TK2 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 12 2 Check TK2 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated If low temperature continues approximately outside temp or temperature does not almost change a clogging of strainer of oil equalization circuit clogging of capillary or malfunction of check valve is considered Compressor 2 No error Capillary tube Check the clogging of SV3E valve Error Oil tank a 1 Refer to item H07 error No error Check I F P C board Replace SV3E valve 2 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor TO2 of Comp IPDU is correct or not 179 Check code name Check code name Cause of operatio
35. Temp sensor 1 TD1 TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2 Connector CN503 Pink TD2 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp Used for release 2 TS1 Connector CN504 White 1 Controls super heat in heating operation Connector CN505 Green 1 Controls defrost in heating operation 2 Controls outdoor fan in heating operation 4 TK1 TK2 TK1 Connector CN514 Black TK2 Connector CN515 Green 3 TEI TK3 TK4 TK3 Connector CN516 Red TK4 Connector CN523 Yellow 1 Judges oil level of the compressor 5 TL Connector CN521 White Detects under cool in cooling operation 1 6 TO Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects outside temperature Pressure sensor 1 High pressure sensor Connector CN501 Red 1 Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation 2 Low pressure Connector CN500 White sensor 1 Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat Heater Compressor case Compressor 1 Connector CN316 White Compressor 2 Connector CN315 Blue heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Accumulator case Connector CN321 Red heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Balance pipe 1 Oil balancing in each outdoor unit 57 4 3 Indoor Unit Liquid side Ga
36. YES Check cause of the operation Check codename Check codename name Check code name Cause of operation L31 Extended IC error 1 Outdoor unit power error d07 Al NET 2 Outdoor I F P C board error Is there any trouble of outdoor unit power supply NO Check outdoor I F P C board Check power voltage and line Check auxiliaty noise etc Ap D D Check codename code name Check code name Cause of operation P01 11 Indoor fan motor error 1 Cabling error d07 Al NET 2 Check fan motor For the models installed with AC fan motor only Is there no connection error or YES Correct cabling circuit for disconnection of CN076 connector the connector connection NO YES Is not there mechanical lock of fan motor Replace fan motor NO Check indoor P C board Failure Replace 187 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P03 1E Discharge temp TD1 error Service valve of outdoor unit closed d07 Al NET Outdoor PMV error TD sensor error Refrigerant shortage clogging of refrigerant circuit system 4 way valve error SV4 circuit leakage misinstallation NO Are service valve of gas and liquid sides fully opened Open service valve fully YES Is outdoor PMV normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 Outdoor I F P C board NO Connector CN300 301 White Repair outdoor PMV YES se NO Are
37. e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade Attachment air filter Floor Standing type Cleaning of drain pan e For cleaning of the drain pan contact the dealer If the drain pan or drain port is clogged with dust water is disabled to drain In some cases water overflows from the drain pan and it may wet wall or floor Be sure to clean the drain pan before the cooling season lt Attachment detachment of the air filter gt e Pull the air filter downward and take out toward you e Insert the air filter into the indoor unit and push in it Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water e When dirt is heavy it is effective to clean the filter with tepid water with dissolved neutral detergent or cold water e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade 51 Floor Standing Cabinet Type Air outlet Air outlet flap e Before you clean the air conditioner be sure to turn off the circuit breaker or the main power switch e Clean the air filter every two weeks If the air filter is clogged with dust the performance of the air conditioner will deteriorate Air filter Removes dirt or dust It is included in the inlet grille Air inlet glille Floor Standing Concealed Type Air outlet e Clean the drain pan or the drain receiver If the drain pan or the drain receiver is clogged with dust water may overflow causing getting
38. e Check multiple network adaptors e Check wire and miscabling of remote controller Only one network adaptor can be connected to communication line of remote controller e Check communication line miscabling and power of indoor unit e Check communication X Y terminals e Check network adaptor PC board e Check the central controller Central control remote controller etc AI NET Error in indoor group Operation Error of follower unit in the Check follower unit in the group continued group These errors are concerned to communication of remote controllers A B and central system AI NET X Y and the main remote controller displays E01 E02 E03 E09 or E18 in some cases and displays none in other cases according to e contents Cautions when servicing for compressor 1 Removing wires of both compressors check output of the inverter as described below How to check inverter output 1 2 3 4 Turn off the power supply Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors Be sure to remove lead cables of both compressors Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation In this time pay attention to touch the fasten receptacle terminal lug of the compressor leads so that they do not contact with other fasten receptacle terminal lug or other position unit cabinet etc Check output voltage of compressor lead cable at inverter side When the output voltage doe
39. o Lk ge de S l J T GD a gt T c T POCNI W7 YILYJH SOEND Hda PPN pmp ERA T CR303 Remote controller inter unit cable TC1 sensor Indoor Outdoor communication Also used for communication of the d central control system TC2 sensor Indoor Outdoor communication Spare 1 Nome for under ceiling high wall Power supply Optional power supply Remote controller power supply LED Drain pump output lt adA_ IeM UDIH dA Hulas apun adAL puepueis ong p jea suos adAL_ y sses obieyosig Iy Aem p gt COV L OOIN GO pieog NOD Miel 100pU Loc Power transformer Secondary side Power supply AC11V 14V 20V Indoor Outdoor communication Spare PMV output GER HERE P Indoor Outdoor communication Also used for communication of operation LED EEPROM the central control system CR TRPOOA ee ee 075 TRANS S__g SV ew ois Sr i noses MCC 1403 05 cn Power transformer OSI an TI Primary side E Gees Le AC200V 1 2 Cott SE C068 ON 9 S R396 08201 w ZC Fg 3 aa 1 DB202 ost L042 p Pig re CH 12V o A omg 18 Flap C080 _ i Remote controller a E Bee si 7 we power supply LED ane a JPH10 MODELI ID ei 2 C150 Ea HBS CN050 P amp 0051X RYO0612X RO7 1 200 ES Bde ck a If a el d z a IC008 Z SS i Ar E gt 9 3 e z Z amp HA T10 C156 7 092 5 ot 7 RO0G N SG gt a 1 _ T oni W o cn
40. unconnected ON Connected E S a E m Header unit E Header unit Outdoor address setup exchange OFF Auto setup Normal ON Manual setup Judge indoor capacity over OFF YES Normal ON NO femmes sasangen o OPA E wooo a y LEE C S E S O Ba s Co Ir l e tas OFF Outdoor unit No U 2 to 4 Display of start priority No ON Outdoor start order No Y 2 to 4 ore a A S Outdoor fan high static pressure operation OFF Normal ON High static pressure operation SW10 SW 4bit OFF Normal Bit 3 i oe Li OFF For low noise operation ON INV frequency upper limit restriction OFF Set up priority of cool heat Based on following setup Bit 2 OFF Morr oF ermon orr on Priority oncooling SW11 SW 4bit OoN OFF Priority on No of operating units A a E Bit 3 B Bit 4 Operation when indoor overflow detected es saa oo stop ON System operation continues a GE eee EES D LI OFF GARE RRC a O SW 4bit CE A eer wooo ao y o eer CAC or Bit 1 End terminal resistance of communication The outdoor unit connected with indoor outdoor communication line becomes automatically the header unit The setup is unnecessary to be manually changed SW13 227 11 BACKUP OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATION When a trouble occurred at an outdoor unit or at one of the compressors in outdoor unit the troubled unit or troubled compressor stops and a backup operation emergency operation i
41. 1 minute to operate the remote controller x The item code DN is consisted with 4 to HA DN No may jump on the way Even if pushing SET button after changing the data incorrectly the data can be returned to one before change by pushing button before changing the item code DN buttons the item code DN can be moved one step up 1 or down lt EEPROM layout gt EEPROM IC10 is attached to IC socket To remove it use a pair of tweezers etc To attach EEPROM arrange the direction as shown in the following figures In exchanging time pay attention not to bend the lead wire of IC PC board MCC 1402 PC board MCC 1403 EPROM IC10 S Align notch directions of IC socket il ck and EEPROM for installation le A3 Weg Notch e E IC socket Notch EPROM EPROM IC10 262 lt Make a note of the setup contents Item code list Example gt Filter sign lighting time According to type Dirty condition of filter Kc 0000 Standard E Central control address i 0099 Undefined oe Heating inlet temp shift is 0002 2 C Floor standing 0 EI Cooling Auto mode existence e 0001 No auto mode cooling heating Automatic selection by connected Cooling only Heat pump select i 0000 Heat pump outdoor unit ele 1 ugaang OO Ieren 1 Iuesgaenenz O O e mees 1 Jesiee O io reorum 1 owe OOS ewes 1 ooo Flap type Air direction adjustment i According to type Temp width between
42. Air Discharge Cassette Type E E Ber ENEE MMU AP0481WH craon Swe s f 1o o WMU APOOrIVH mee 08 f 22 25 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU APOTSISH ois ype i7 f as f soo o wniU aPo24isH gange 25 zt so MMD APOOTIBH ne os f 22 25 Standard Type WEEN onge 25 71 so WEE Ee EE MMD APOS01BH mus s2 90 wo PtuM aPose1BH ossee 6 160 10 C MMD AP0241H_ 024type 25 71 Bn Concealed Duci WEEN ory f 3 f so oo High Static Pressure Type WEEN nee f 8 f 24 o C MMC AP0241H 024typ 25 71 so SES muic aPoz7iH iw 3 f 8 0 90 MMK AP0071H 007type o8 22 25 WWrapoen mus 1 28 s2 _MMK APO121H_ O12type 125 36 40 REES BEE i7 1s D mmk APoisiH w s 2 ss 6s MMK APO2ATH gange 25 zt so BEE Floor Standing Cabinet Type MML AP0241H_ 024 type 25 71 so l MML APOOTIBH 007 ype os f 22 f 25s Floor Standing RN Concealed Type a WEE n 25 fr o o wenn otse i7 as so C MMF AP0241H_ 024type 25 71 s0 Floor Standing Type MMF APO271H_ W 3 f s0 f 90 C MMF AP0561H_ 056 type 6 160 18 0 11 E Remote controller switch Name Wired remote controller Simple wired remote controller Weekly timer TOSHIBA D QOS G SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa TEST DO i N am 1418 DD i PROGRAM2 De OS Ap cic DBIS OOG Ws ooo _ PROGRAMS SS Appearance Go
43. All stop All stop Error detection condition Check item position IGBT built in temp sensor TH was overheated e Check power voltage e Check outdoor fan system error e Check clogging of heat sink cooling duct e Check fixation between IGBT and heat sink Check screwing and contact e Check IPDU error IGBT built in temp sensor TH error e Float switch operated e Check the float switch connector e Float switch circuit disconnected or the e Check operation of drain pump unit connector came off e Check the drain pump circuit e Check clogging of drain pipe e Check indoor PC board error e The value of motor speed deviated from e Check connection of fan connector and wiring target value was detected for certain time e Check fan motor error e Over current protection operated e Check indoor PG board error e Check influence of outside air control e Check indoor type code DN 10 and the capacity code DN 11 lt In cooling gt e Check full close operation of outdoor PMV 1 2 While the system is operating in COOL mode ale Check Pd and Ps sensor error high pressure value was detected in follower e Check clogging of SV2 circuit unit in which compressor did not operate Check clogging of balance pipe lt Inheating gt KE e Check clogging of SV3B circuit While the system is operating in HEAT mode Check outdoor PC board I F error e S SS SEN Kee degree was e Check capillary clogging of oil return circuit
44. C board MCC 1402 l NO Does fan turn without trouble when turning it with hands Replace indoor fan motor YES Is resistance value between each phase at motor side of fan motor connector CN333 on indoor P C board MCC 1402 correct 1 Replace indoor fan motor YES ai e Is not winding 1 Red lead to 3 White lead 3 White lead to 5 Black lead 5 Black lead to 1 Red lead opened shorted Resistance value should satisfy the follows 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type MMU AP0091H AP0301 Approx 70 to 100Q MMU AP0361H AP0561 Approx 35 to 50Q Concealed Duct Standard type 15 to 35Q e ls not grounded between cabinet and 1 3 5 Should be 10Q or more Is resistance value at motor side of fan motor connector CN334 on indoor PC board MCC 1402 correct 2 Replace indoor fan motor YES 2 Check resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit e Is not winding 1 Yellow lead to 4 Pink lead opened shorted Resistance should be 5 to 20kQ d NO Is output of indoor fan motor position detective signal correct 3 Replace indoor fan motor YES 3 Check fan motor position detective signal Measure voltage with tester between CN334 1 and 5 on indoor P C board MCC 1402 under condition of CN333 and CN334 installed and power ON Turn fan slowly with hands so that pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V Between 4 and 5 5V Check indoor P C board MCC 1402 Fai
45. Comp case thermo CN400 j SW01 02 03 CN307 1 input SW04 05 15 SS 7 segment LED 224 Inverter P C board MCC 1502 12V GND 5V Communication between I F and Comp IPDU Reactor 2 IPDU2 only is connected DC330V output IPDU1 only is connected DC330V input Compressor output Sief J 8 s Ia i 1 101 IPODU MCC 1502 01 i COMPONENT SIDE as E dm s L d Power supply input AC400V 10106 Ben RSR il t Input current sensor DW e AC230V input Connection between Electrolytic IPDU1 and 2 condenser Reactor 1 IPDU1 only is connected 225 Power P C board for fan MCC 1439 12V Communication between I F and fan IPDU Judgement AC230V input 12V terminal 2 9 7V terminal GND Communication between fan IPDU F500 0A 250V GEI ERAUS 2 e Se Ar oN U NI W C509 DC330V output For Comp IPDU Electrolytic condenser CN500 DC330V output for fan IPDU Judgemant DC 180 370V 226 10 2 1 Outdoor Interface P C Board lt Dip switch function exchange setup list gt swo4 Push SW For service Operation Stan lOperanomstarboypusnng zuel SW Forsemice StopEn iStopErdoypusn Backup ep Based on the following setup OFF oF Selen RRE on oF No2COMP backup on ON Outdoor backup during cooling season OFF 0 100 ON Middle 100 EE OFF Normal
46. GRN URK BLU DIS RED aii cN104 D DL A P301 YEL Povo arm BLK L cutee Ay RED 2X27 m 00 Z CN101 TOF ee BLK FXF co TCi eee CN100 HL Ss OO Control P C board BRN Sex LY vet for Indoor unit siene MCC 1403 T ACIN RED rop OAN ed PNL ee T5 0A 250V 8 00 CN073 UI BLK SA cno70 D CNO66 gt lt FILTER WHI WHI 42 GIS 2 Gesi GE ircui ww CN040 were CNO61 CN032 CNO60 2 BLU wo YEU WHI WHI EI d A ALALA ALA A A 09 000 RC 08008 onora en 000000 OBOOCOOROOROGOO0G0 Sais LS KS WV 2AKS TA TS KS T10 FAN OPTION gt gt T PAR DRIVE indication a A ons ee ob Oe ees ek eg pe a ge ed PU rr ho eo 10 Io o i panei 1Y2X2X4X5X6e CN02 RED RED SaseEaey 3 er vp k Adapter PPP Per YEL WHI WHITE ie a EE Eege S Option ST 000000 YEL YELLOW eee ENER res Sub PC board OEUF MCC 1520 E Flow selector a Creos unit earth 7 M1 KEK 3X4 5X6 SC screw wl ae ts e GEIER EG de ine Fi en SE I 5 Fin a el a RED Ss H G OONN wl wl Regen connector KUKI iii ae GE symbol Parisname earth screw WHI a oe A D D l l I l l H Ae E EE ma MCC 1401 BC LBunning capacitor E a oe i IR Transformer S gt S SCENE Power supply i TC1 TC2 TCJ single phase 1 O Indicates the terminal bolock tSo Ee f RY001 Louver control relay 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side 3 indicate the control p c board VG Remote Controller RY004 Heater control relay R
47. IPDU error 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU error 07 All IPDU error or communication line error between IPDU I F P C boards or outdoor I F PC board error If the fan IPDU is abnormal be sure to check the voltage output on the fan power supply P C board as NO POU and HERG ae eeng Correct connection of connector YES or YES Is there no disconnection on communication ee line between IPDU and I F PC board Replace communication line NO NO Is there voltage deflection between 4 and 5 pin of CN600 on I F P C board Measurement with tester DCO to 5V 5 pins GND I F P C board error YES Is there voltage deflection between 3 and 5 pin of CN600 on I F P C board Measurement with tester DCO to 5V 5 pins GND NO I F P C board error YES All IPDU No 1 No 2 and three fan IPDU do not return communication Replace defective IPDU P C board 162 Check code Check code name Cause of operation F01 OF Indoor TCJ sensor error TCJ sensor Open Short d07 AI NET NO Is TCJ sensor connector CN102 Red on indoor P C board normally connected Correct connection of connector Are characteristics of TCJ sensor NO resistance value normal Replace TCJ sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See Characteristics 2 Check indoor main P C board Defect gt Replace Mm Mm Cp LI Check code Check code name Cause of operation F02 Od Indoor TC2 sensor error TC
48. If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor is considered if 2 and 3 are different check I F P C board NO Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate Correct faulty parts YES YES Is there no fan crack or coming off Correct faulty parts NO Connector connection fan IPDU fan motor cabling NO Is outdoor PMV normal Correct faulty position YES Connector connection wiring coil mounting valve clogging etc Is there a cause to interfere operation YES of heat exchanger of outdoor unit Eliminate the interfered causes 1 Heat exchanger clogging 2 Air short circuit NO NO Is SV2 circuit normal Repair SV2 circuit YES Coil error clogging disconnection of cable etc NO Is SV4 circuit normal Repair SV4 circuit YES Coil error clogging disconnection of cable etc NO Does check valve of main discharge pipe normally operate YES Repair check valve gt Replace Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition 199 Heating operation Does heating indoor fan normally operate iH YES Is indoor PMV normal Is connector connection NO coil normal YES YES Repair faulty parts Is there a clogging YES Replace PMV body Is check valve of main NO discharge pipe normal YES Is there a cause to interfere operation of heat exchanger of indoor unit 1 Air filter clogging 2 Heat exchanger clogging 3 Air short circ
49. MAP0801HT7 MAP1001HT7 MAP1201HT7 4 way valve coil VHV AC200V 50 60Hz LB64 AC200V 50 60Hz Pulse motor valve coil HAM MD12TF 3 DC12V 2 2way vave col 2way vave col coil AC200V 50 60Hz SV2 SV3D SV42 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3E SV41 SV5 VPV 122DQ1 SV2 SV3C SV3D SV3E 2 way valve VPV 303DQ1 SV3A SV41 SV42 SV5 VPV 603DQ2 SV3B High pressure SW pressure High pressuresw ScB JB215 OFF 3 73MPa ON 29MPa JB215 OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa Pressure sensor For high pressure 150XA4 H3 0 5 to 3 5V 0 to 0 98MPa Pressure sensor For low pressure 150XA4 L1 0 5 to 4 3V 0 to 3 73MPa Fanmotor motor MF 230 600 2 women O 600 600W Compressor case thermo US 622KXTMQO SS OFF 125 C ON 90 C x 2 30 3 3 Outdoor Inverter Cooling Only Model Model MMY MAP0501 T8 MAP0601 T8 MAP0801 T8 MAP1001 T8 MAP1201 T8 Power supply terminal block JXO 3004 AC600V 30A 4P Communication line terminal block rer poy AC30V or DC42V 1A 6P Smoothing condenser 400LRSN 1500M 1500uF 400V For compressor Power supply transformer TT 01 03T AC230V 350mA P C board Noise filter MCC 1366 FKX 240NK 4810US 0 48mH 30A MCC 1366 P C board Line filter AC FKX 220NK 6310US 0 63mH 25A MCC 1366 P C board P C board Control board MCC 1429 P C board IPDU 4T62DA1E 6 2kW MCC 1502 P C board Power supply board MCC 1439 P C board IPDU for fan IPDU 2D16DA1 800W MCC 896 MCC 897 Power complex module 6MBR25UA120 25A 120
50. NOTE 1 When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has used to send signals normally E06 is displayed 152 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E07 Indoor Outdoor 1 Indoor outdoor communication end terminal d07 Al NET communication circuit error resistance setup error Detected at outdoor side 2 Indoor outdoor communication connection error Is setup of end terminal resistance NO of outdoor unit normal YES Correct setup of end terminal resistance Is inter unit cable U1 U2 between YES indoor and outdoor short circuited NO Is connection of inter unit cable D s between indoor and outdoor correct Correct short circuit YES Correct communication line YES Is there no error on Is F400 fuse on NO power cable to outdoor unit I F P C board opened NO YES Check conduction with tester Turn on power to start operation Correct power cable YES Is there noise source NO Eliminate noise I F P C board failure However an emergent operation is Outdoor I F P C board failure available by inserting connector to Replace be connected to CNO1 to CN33 153 Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation E08 96 Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated d07 Al NET Sub code Duplicated indoor address Using a main remote controller RBC AMT21E check the setup item codes DN co
51. Operation when Center Outdoor Backup Header unit Follower unit Header unit set MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H temporarily in EEN emergent time gt u e L NS E TO re E er IT se lt een lo CQ Ve e e da wm PMV1 Ir 4 Way valve N S gt Te CN m ee C E Ps sensor E Accumulator 1 When liquid leaks from PMV packed valve at liquid side Close fully 2 Gas pipe service valve Close fully 3 Balance pipe packed valve Open fully Indoor unit Ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Ss Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 61 5 4 Emergent Operation Heating Operation when Center Outdoor Backup Header unit Follower unit Header unit set MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H temporarily in EE emergent time Ct Cl TE1 a Qae TE1 D ES Re ae a ei aen Sg aen Qi kd L e e da wg PMV1 PMV2 PMV1 PMV2 A Accumulator v Sa Compressor 1 1 When liquid leaks from PMV packed valve at liquid side Close fully 2 Gas pipe service valve Close fully 3 Balance pipe packed valve Open fully lo a _ Gas pipe EE Indoor unit ae High pressure gas or condensate liquid refri
52. Outside temp sensor TO 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Oil temp sensor TK 30 C to 135 C Ambient temp range Liquid temp sensor TL 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Smoothing condenser For fan 400LRSN1000M 1000uF 400V Magnet SW FC 2S 400V 38A ZPROYCE101A500 1009 13A 500V 31 GE High pressure SW 2 SV42 valve SV2 val oe E OC WD A X D d sensor CL Cx 5 KAN REESEN SV 41 valve THE TS sensor SV3D SC valve 2 A a GEES Check joint SV3A High pressure SW 1 TD1 sensor pees fl TD2 sensor Case heater Front side my sensor TO sensor Low pressure CIX COI ISD ls j SE valve JV n A Pulse Motor SVS SH Sore ulse Motor A H h ke SL Valve valve r K E 4 way valve ai SO Lis Ne H OU TL sensor SV3B 7 2S A GE I fl valve A dl d ii H High pressure HF sensor O GETAP AH Fari Check joint High pressure Check joint A Liquid pipe d ances Ell i Rear side SV3E valve SV3C valve TK1 TK2 sensor TK3 sensor TK4 sensor HUF AOOPINO UI UO ETI Seg H E 3 5 Name of Each Part 3 5 1 Outdoor Unit Air outlet Discharge Hot air is discharged when cooling operation is performed Cold air is diacharged when heating operation is performed Air inlet They are provided at front rear left and r
53. Ps pressure sensor output voltage e Check misconnection of TE1 and TL sensors Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller P20 P20 22 I F EE Check code Status Error detection condition Check item position High pressure All stop Pd sensor detected 3 6MPa or more e Check Pd pressure sensor error Sv Il P22 P22 protective operation FAN IPDU Outdoor fan IPDU error 0 IGBT shortage 1A 1 Position detection circuit error 3 Motor lock error 4 Motor current error detection C TH sensor temp error D TH sensor error E Vdc error All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Sub code 0 e Short circuit current was detected at start time e Short circuit current was detected when checking IGBT short circuit before start time Sub code 1 e The standard value of detection circuit of fan IPDU current fluctuated at start time Sub code 3 e Abnormal current was detected within 30 seconds after start time Sub code 4 e Short circuit current was detected when 2 seconds or more passed after start time e Over current was detected when 30 seconds or more passed after start time Sub code C e Heat sink sensor TH of fan IPDU detected 95 C error Sub code D e Heat sink sensor TH of fan IPDU detected short circuiting or open Sub code E e nput power s
54. RED D ZN AIN Lal ZIN el BLU A ZN ZN el Ad W W D ei JO Z oo S A AIN ZIN Zi NI ei Zi 7 D CN040 CN041 BLU GI VE Indoor unit earth screw qf q paced aN Se JOD Power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz 4 EE D l ema H cn H Sler 00000 CN074 IS XNA o i Ho e E WEEK BEE E E See E E r ze l BEE E i EE LJ pry Network Adapter E E EN E ONE EE Option es em a e I I We 1 I Flow selector D SE unit earth d screw l c Line Filter I I I I I I I I I I I i TETES EEE i i St i fe 1 Indicates the terminal bolock letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number LSZ 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate PON Remote Controller the wiring at side 3 indicate the control p c board VV aN TA CN104 1X1 YEL Poo am CN102 00 eege RED JS w CN101 00 eum BLK faye aw cni00 M i TC1 Control P C board BRW A E for Indoor unit X3 MCC 1403 CNO80 2 SNE GRN Ps CN073 A1 RED r j EXCT CN070 41 WH oy FILTER Power supply CNO81 BX circuit BLK O CNO61 CNO32 CNO60 Nd SS gA Bes Ge ier E ES indication 26444444444 A XX Jee le Uterstatskey UAI LELLU XS RED RED XLXSX4X5XG FAN OPTION WHITE E DRIVE 12 IS TALS Je CNo2 SIGI ye YED Sub PC board MCC 1520 VA Geet GLISS Xe WHI a
55. Repair outdoor PMV YES Are characteristics of NO TD1 TD2 sensor resistance normal Replace TD1 or TD2 sensor Refer to outdoor temp sensor characteristics 4 YES Is SV4 valve circuit normal a Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits Coil misinstallation valve leakage H YES Coil valve body coil ae disconnection of cable etc Are not indoor units in different NO Correct cabling Ve refrigerant circuit connected Check with miscabling check function of outdoor unit YES Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant 196 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P17 bb Discharge temp TD2 error Outdoor unit service valve closed d07 Al NET Outdoor PMV error TD sensor error Refrigerant shortage clogging of refrigerant circuit 4 way valve error SV4 circuit leakage misinstallation NO Are service valves of gas and liquid sides fully SE Open service valves fully YES Is outdoor PMV normal NO Connectors CN300 301 White Repair outdoor PMV 5 Outdoor I F P C board YES Are characteristics of NO TD2 sensor resistance normal p REPIACE Wine SENSON Refer to outdoor unit YES temperature sensor characteristics 4 Does not discharge NO refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4 way valve Check 4 way valve YES SV4 circuit 1 Are not S
56. SIS CH O ar N TTEN Ka oven A SI orca S 8 S 8 S ben LCA F gono aS DC 72009 gt p roca 9 OC Q IRCH gt 2 e gt N E e oO GW gt Il a a zl L Q Y COON n IC312 R391 pi 4 1C10 C379 ee Q F S cl C322 4 HCNK C2X om 2 2 IC3i1 1 o T 43 0344 3G Si Ve R316 jai a PMV output GEROCH Ka o E W a R384 en R383 S 8 C5475 8 C39 WN CA D e S gt CA gt N oi 4 i i 1 NI 4 0395 i DC fan return i 4NI R372 a 4 Org R373 Roz fei R115 z Jo o Sc Joi inl es 1 0 Dap D37 Q38 130 D Float SW gt ID E i Ss 1s S gc J SC P lt joe PT e ee D Je st ty CN82 PMV g Tieg aa Ge BEE cy 5 CN20 1 Soir ZcN321 oe Soen SEN GRL LM FANDRIVE HU OPT ION Fan output TCJ sensor HA T10 BAN Optional output CHK f servicing Flap Used only for 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under ceiling type Filter Option error input CR SRPSOA 2 D D s G S G S G CN405 20V 20V Jats ip g IO 86 s g pee el Sei NO XL Q Pa ret ky a us T 4 a ery 00 t a E 3 Cry s0Z0 0 S Z l H ky 8 a 4 2 oO CA o SO dd 2 EEPROM C318 L301 R420 SG301 CN310 F302 S Of P301 DCH Vg LONO E NI OV S0CNI T30 m seenen e C40 d JE TdLIZLEI Sorting H Rea ole kasten Z Q bc Ca
57. SV3E valve 03 TK3 oil circuit OCR operation SEL DEET E EE ii fst system error pillary clogging of oil equation circuit and operation error of stop valve 04 TK4 oil circuit e Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor system error e Check MG SW or OCR Temperature change of e Check TK2 sensor coming off TK2 could not be detected e Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value though compressor 2 e Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection started the operation e Check SV3E valve operation e Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check stop valve operation e Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell e Check MG SW or OCR Temperature change of e Check TK3 sensor coming off TKS could not be detected e Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value though compressor e Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection started the operation e Check SV3E valve operation e Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check valve operation e Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell e Check MG SW or OCR Temperature change of e Check TK4 sensor coming off TK4 could not be detected e Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value though compressor e Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection See the SE e Check SV3E valve operation GE Ga ka N Switch TK censor E tore e Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check valve operation Over current ka N constant time
58. Sai ORN ORANGE ES 6 Transformer BRN BRWN CN401 RED VLT VIOLET CN600 WHI 60 i ha 2X2 O ST o E taol l Vi Lem Le Di Le Le Les Dm Lem ew Um Lem e Lem 7X P lt lt P eo Lets t4tcnaoo 000 e GX inn Korta wan KX X27 eL XLN CX NSIS 4 SR YEL L1 RED y L3 BLK N_GRY CM1 CM2 c PMV1 PMV2 SV2 SV41 SV42 SV51 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E Accumulator 4WV1 heater COMP1 COMP2 TD1 TD2 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 HEATER1 HEATER2 ACCU MEATER 63H1 63H2 MG SW Parts name z RED IPDU Board 2 MCC 1502 Fan IPDU MCC 896 Connecting terminal K Noise filter P C board LC ER MCC 1366 I F phase Power supply 7 380 415V 50Hz for fan 380 60Hz MCC 1439 CN01 R O 4 CN15 CN13 f d d vA vA A RE Wirt NO7 Reactor MERN Power supply s A 1 The two dot chain line indicates wiring at the local site and the dashed line indicates o terminal accessories sold separately and service cables respectively 2 O O and Q indicate the terminal blocks and the numerals indicate the terminal numbers OER 3 indicates P C board Be sure to fix the electric parts cover surely with two screws Otherwise water enters into the box resulting in a trouble O Syw O CM1 CM2 _ S EIER ee SV2 SV41 SV42 SV51 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E LANA E O O O a l COMP1 COMES TD1 TD TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 o HEATER1 HEATER2 ACCUMEATER _ _ PD S O 63
59. Setup operation finished Status returns to normal stop status 3 6 9 2 5 8 Note 1 When setting the line address from the remote controller do not use address 29 and 30 The address 29 and 30 cannot be set up in the outdoor unit Therefore if they are incorrectly set up a check code E04 Indoor outdoor communication circuit error is output Confirmation of indoor unit address and position by using the remote controller Confirmation of indoor unit address and the position 1 When you want to know the indoor address though position of the indoor unit itself can be recognized lt Procedure gt Operation while the air conditioner operates 7 if it stops push _ button Ee S 2 Push button The unit NO is displayed on the LCD Disappears after several seconds The displayed 1 unit No indicates the line address and indoor address If there is other indoor unit connected to the same remote controller Group control unit other unit No is displayed every pushing button ROLLE OTE CONT Operate g SI S lt i gt mele i Operation procedure 1 2 2 When you want to know position of the indoor unit using the address e To confirm the unit numbers in a group control lt Procedure gt Operation while the air conditioner stops
60. YES Check connection of inter unit cable between Is power applied to fuse F03 indoor and outdoor is correct and then on indoor P C board connect communication line connector on indoor P C board CN40 to CN44 EMG Is there no noise etc NO Check indoor P C board Defect Replace Check noise etc and eliminate it if any For details refer to Troubleshooting in test operation 151 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E06 04 Decreased number of indoor units 1 Communication lines U1 U2 connection d07 Al NET error between indoor and outdoor Connector connection error of communica tion for indoor P C board Connector connection error of communica tion for outdoor I F board Power supply of indoor unit Is power turned on Sub code No of indoor units which received signals normally Is there no miscabling YES Correct communication line disconnection on communication line betweenindoor and outdoor NO NO Is connection of CN40 connector on indoor P C board normal Is connection of CNO1 connector on outdoor I F PC board normal Correct cabling of cable connector YES NO Is power of indoor turned on Turn on power of indoor unit YES NO Did a power failure occur Clear the check code YES YES Is there no noise etc Check noise etc and eliminate it if any NO Check indoor P C board Defect Replace
61. aX X3 DO SG A 1 KR i 1X2 Qe E e kk ASS Flow selector RED Closed end connector D BLU DN Z I NaI ND LAA 1 X23 4X5 6 D Ve Nd Nd Ns Vd AERAR Le VE aKa aX 5Ko VEL i MCC 1401 _ Ses e i GC H aes etwor D Line Filter zs CNO 1 2 adaptor E 7 Ti Option D Network es ZA ose Z WHI adaptor P C board N D Al de 1 N central control d CNO2 terminal i BLU 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number Outdoor 2 A dotted li GENEE ndi Gei So otted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 indicates the control P C board AVIV AVIV AVA AVA AVA La ta NY ter et Yn ONNIN LE Le RR LA La Nene La Le 1 2 3 4 6 2 ER 5 6 2 2 4 5 6 Fan drive Option Parts name Fan motor Running capacitor Power transformer Louver motor Indoor temp sensor Temp sensor Flap motor control relay Drain pump control relay Heater control relay Fan motor control relay Float switch Drain pump motor PMV Pulse Motor Valve I POIN HALZLOdY HA L600dY HA LZOOdY NNWN adAj ppedwos d L yp sses obiguoeg sly em 4 1 Z HL 00 aoe D TO O Di a Prs EEN CDe 09 O00000 eg EEN 09 000000 ee ran Je le kader uk LAm An LJ CC Pw CNoss 9X LL ISL IL OU CNo68 OU XS it ts cnoss KX X cno30 US FANS XE CNO82 WHI 0000 va JIN X X el BLU 069 N vay ZIN Va GRN aX
62. and to prevent refrigerant accumulation in the outdoor heat exchanger while low ambient cooling opera tion is performed This control is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control conditions e Cooling oil recovery control is executed every 2 hours approximately 2 Contents of control e Recovery time continues for approx 2 or 3 minutes though it differs according to the system capacity 2 Refrigerant recovery control in heating room During heating operation this is executed to recover liquid refrigerant stagnated in the stopped indoor unit It is also used to recover oil in the outdoor heat exchanger in heating overload operation except with defrost condition This control is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Heating refrigerant recovery control is executed every an hour approximately 2 Recovery time continues for approx 2 to 10 minutes though it differs according to the load condition Defrost control 1 Defrost start condition e During defrosting Reverse In heating operation the operating time is integrated when the operation all the defrost method detected TE sensor temp was lower than 2 C and when 25 solenoid valves of minutes have passed in the initial time after the compressor 4 way are OFF and all started and 55 minutes in the second time and after compressors are 2 Contents of control driven e If the outdoor units are combined the defrost operation forcedly continues for 2 minutes if the defrost operat
63. by shortening between and poles because big sparks generate Terminal block installation board 7 Electrolytic condenser 254 No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 6 Pressure sensor posi tions of 2 way SV3C SV3A SV3D SV3B valve coil SPEER TENS SST TEAS ASS ST NEES T Rear side Leer e sill Oil tank E a i i Front side 7 Temperature lt Front side of air conditioner gt sensor posi tions and identification iSifsensor Gray i Dfsensoy Yellow lf 2isensor Red f RI hr nb eil D KE al Accumulator Compressori B 255 No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 7 Temperature lt Rear side of air conditioner gt sensor positions and identification Accumulator e ing sensor Black accumulator side Rear side 8 Attachment In this air conditioner segmentation system eyeglass detachment of rubber and SUS fix band are adopted for fixing the vibration pipe fixing rubber system as one measures to improve the reliability lt Used positions of SUS fixing band Total 5 positions gt MAP1201H 1001H 0801H 8 0 lt gt 025 4 as SE dE EIS o GE HAEE At Jain Ia Lal DRAI IC Stro 1 Y palet Faji qiii 06 35 bE O15 88 bemoan bet twee nISESENWa va pe suction p pipe SV3C valve and discharge pipe g l ie eee a Greg 08 0 2019 OS between mm CN v lue EECH 28 0 lt gt 19 05 betweeni hd SV41 valve andisuc
64. cannot be performed because the other indoor unit is under HEAT operation HEAT operation cannot be performed because COOL priority is set Outdoor I F P C board SW11 1 bit is ON and the other indoor unit is under COOL DRY operation FAN operation cannot be performed because the system performs Heat oil Refrigerant recovery operation e There is a unit in which indoor overflow P10 is detected e There is a unit in which interlock alarm P23 is detected 2 The above indoor units unavailable to operate waits under condition of thermostat OFF Se goes on lt HEAT standby gt Display on remote controller le HEAT thermostat is OFF e During HEAT operation the fan rotates with lower air speed than one specified in order to prevent discharge of cold draft or stops including case that defrost operation is being performed e HEAT operation cannot be performed because COOL priority is set Outdoor I F P C board SW11 bit 1 is ON and the other indoor unit is under COOL DRY operation 2 HEAT standby is displayed until the above conditions are released 1 The contents which can be changed on the remote controller at indoor unit side can be selected by setup at the central controller side 2 In case of operation from TCC LINK central controller TCB SC642TLE etc Central control mode 1 Cannot operate Central control mode 2 Cannot operate stop select mode set u
65. characteristics of Replace TD1 sensor TON sensor resistance normal Refer to Outdoor unit temperature YES sensor characteristics 4 Does not discharge NO refrigerant gas bypass to suction side Check 4 way valve through 4 way valve YES SV4 circuit 1 Are not SV41 and SV42 valve coils installed reversely 2 Ils there no leakage through SV41 circuit NO Correct installation of valve coil or replace SV41 valve YES Are not indoor units of different NO Correct wiring i ircui 3 refrigerant circuit connected Check with miswiring check YES function of outdoor unit Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage Check there is no pipe breakage and then recharge the refrigerant 188 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P04 21 Actuation of high pressure SW High pressure SW error d07 Al NET Service valve closed Pd sensor error Indoor outdoor fan error Indoor outdoor PMV choke Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging air short circuit SV2 circuit error SV4 circuit error SV5 circuit error 10 Discharge line check valve malfunction 11 Refrigerant overcharge Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Note High pressure SW is normally closed B contact NO NO Does high pressure SW operate Is circuit cabling normal Check and correct cabling YES YES NO Check parts Are parts of high pressure SW normal Failure
66. circuit system by a test operation etc lt Exchange procedure gt Method 1 Before exchange it is possible to turn on power of the indoor unit and read out the setup contents from the wired remote controller Readout of EEPROM data Procedure 1 Exchange of PC board for service amp power ON Procedure 2 Writing in of the readout EEPROM data Procedure 3 Power supply reset All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control 259 Method 2 Before exchange it is impossible to read out the setup contents due to EEPROM error Exchange of PC board for service amp power ON Procedure 2 d Writing in of the setup data such as the model name capacity code indoor unit address high ceiling setup connection setup of option etc to EEPROM based upon customer s information Procedure 3 d Power supply reset All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control Procedure 1 Readout setup contents from EEPROM Contents of EEPROM with setup changed at local site include setup at shipment from the factory are read out 1 Push buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 1 In a group operation control the firstly displayed unit No indicates the header indoor unit No s In this case JO is displayed in the item code DN The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and also starts swinging in a model with flap 2 Every pushing t
67. code using the leak breaker of the indoor unit Then push the operation stop button of the remote controller to return to the usual operation CONTENTS SAFETY CAUTION osian aa aai 4 el KWR 10 2 WIRING DIAGRAM EE 13 3 PARTS RANNO EE 26 d REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING ssnnassnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 56 5 COMBINED REFRIGERANT PIPES SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 59 6 CONTROL e NA E 1 64 Ti PAP ENED Eet 74 By TEST OPERATION eege 88 9 TROUBEESMOO PING e aE AN 128 10 CONFIGURATION OF CONTROL CIRCUIT cc ceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeees 214 11 BACKUP OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATION 008 228 LEE LEVEL JUDGMENT DISPLAY swsssscdesessceccscincscaxeessntovessswecacseedesswedias 233 13 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY WHEN REPLACING THE COMPRESSOR cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 234 14 LEAKAGE CLOGGING OF OIL EQUALIZATION CIRCUIT 240 15 REPLACING COMPRESSOR eebe ggeeeu Eege EEN 242 16 REOLACING METHOD OF PARTS ec cc ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeseeeees 249 17 P C BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 259 SAFETY CAUTION The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents Indications IIlustrated marks and keep them Explanation of indications Indic
68. communication between outdoor units SEL Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display ALNET EEN Check code name Error detection condition Check item position remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller E25 E25 I F Duplicated outdoor All stop Outdoor addresses manually set up are Note follower address setup duplicated Do not set up the outdoor address manually E26 E26 No of normally received 15 I F Decreased number of All stop The signal was not returned for constant e Outdoor is performing backup outdoor units connected outdoor from the outdoor unit which was receiving e Check the power of outdoor unit units signal Is the power turned on e Check connection of inter unit wire or disconnection between outdoor units e Check the connector connection for communication on outdoor PC board e Check outdoor PC board I F error E28 E28 No of detected outdoor d2 I F Outdoor follower unit All stop Outdoor header unit received error code Check the check code of outdoor follower unit units error from outdoor follower unit lt Convenient functions gt When pushing SW04 for 1 second or more under condition that E28 is displayed on 7 segment display of outdoor header unit the fan of outdoor unit which stopped abnormally starts rotating If pushing SW04 and SW05 simultaneously the fan of normal outdoor unit operates When pushing SW05 singly the operation of fan is cleared E31 E31 IPDU1 error I
69. connecting connector setup on the previous PC board should be reflected on PC board for service See the blow figures MCC 1402 Ap CN41 MCC 1403 JP001 CN041 From the left CN112 111 110 When short circuited plug is mounted to P C board before change re mount the short circuited plug as previons 2 It is necessary to set Indoor unit to be exchanged Remote controller 1 1 Based upon the system configuration turn on power of the indoor unit with one of the following items 1 Single Individual operation Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 2 Group operation A In case that power of the exchanged indoor unit only can be turned on Turn on power of the exchanged indoor unit only and proceed to Procedure 3 B In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually Case 1 a Remove temporarily the group wire connected to the terminal blocks A and B of the exchanged indoor unit b After connecting the remote controller wire only to the removed terminal block turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 When the above methods cannot be used follow to the two cases below C In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually Case 2 a Remove all CN41 connectors of the indoor units in the same group except those of the exchanged indoor unit b Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 After Proce
70. control _IMecoling drying Inheating Wired type 18 to 29 C 18 to 29 C Wireless type 18 to 30 C 16 to 30 C 2 From the item code 06 the setup temperature in heating operation can be corrected Setup data nana Ses Heating suction temperature Setup at shipment Automatic 1 Based upon difference between Ta and Ts the operation capacity frequency is indicated to the outdoor unit control Air volume 1 By the command from the remote controller HIGH HH HH gt H gt H gt control MED H or LOW L AUTO operation is executed L gt L gt LL 2 While air speed is in AUTO mode the air speed is changed according to the difference between Ta and Ts 64 Concealed Duct Standard Type e Slide Click of the suction panel toward arrow direction and then open the panel downward Turn the lever at the bottom side of the main unit to take out the air filter Pull out filter downward while holding the frames Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type e Cleaning method differs according to the mounted air filter type For cleaning method please contact the dealer Cy e The cleaning method differs depending on the type of attached air filter AA Please ask the constructor or the dealer which you purchased the air conditioner lt lt Before cooling season gt Cleaning of drain pan e For cleaning of the drain pan contact the dealer If the drain pan or drain port
71. controller remote controller Indoor Indoor Indoor j Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller controller controller controller Header unit interface P C board Address setup procedure 1 1 Turn on power of indoor outdoor units In order of indoor gt Outdoor 2 After approx 1 minute check that is displayed in 7 segment display section on the interface D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 P C board of the header unit SW01 SW02 SW03 3 Push SW15 and start setup the automatic address Max 10 minutes for 1 line Usually approx 5 minutes 4 When the count Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto 3 is dis played in 7 segment display section and it changes from U 1 U 1 flash to U 1 U 1 light the setup finished 5 When perform a central control connect a relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals in the header unit US U6 For internal For wiring of For internal wiring between central control wiring between naoa and system outdoor units 94 REQUIREMENT Example Group control over multiple refrigerant lines e When a group control is performed over the multiple refrigerant lines be sure to turn on the Cabling power supplies of all the indoor units connected systematic in a group in the time of address setup diagram If turning on the power for each refrigerant line to set up address a header indoor
72. cooling and heating automatic selective control points ECH 0003 3 deg Ts 1 5 Automatic restart from power failure 0000 None mill HA terminal T10 selection I 0000 Normal High ceiling selection a 0000 Standard 60 Timer setup Wired remote controller Ly 0000 Possible Type Indoor unit capacity Item code 10 Item code 11 Setup T Model Setup data Model Setup data Model data ype abb name 0 1 Air Disch MMU AP H 0000 way Air Disc t way Air Discharge Cassette t way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP SH i S 0004 0071 type 0017 0481 type E 4 way Air Discharge Cassette ae ace H 0002 Ls 0018 0561 type 0002 2 way 2 way Air Discharge Cassette 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Cassette MMU AP ve WH MMU AP ve WH xxx WH 0003 0091 type 0019 L e 0003 1 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP YH 0004 po 0020 Po Compact type 0005 0121 type 0021 0721 type 0004 Concealed Duct Standard Duct Standard Concealed Duct Standard MMD AP BH AP MMD AP vn BH BH 0007 0151 type 0023 0961 type 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD AP H 0007 Under Ceiling MMC AP H os otettype me 0010 Floor Standing Cabinet MML AP H 0012 po 0028 Ca 0011 Floor Standing Concealed MML AP BH 0013 Ge ae a 0012 Floor Standing 8 10HP MMF AP H 0014 0271 type 0034 0013 Floor Standing Below 6HP MMF AP az H 0015 0301 type a i The initial setup value of EEPROM i
73. data to a data which you ES want to change 5 Push button 6 Using the button select the unit No to be cha a 8 the next time Repeat the proce dure fF to Q and change the indoor address so that it is not duplicated After the above change push button to J paca Fie ZIN os N o REMOTE CONTROLLER of W b we x Sp EE G NON BHO OO SS JC rq K Vv E A GJ eun I GET cL C r OC d OQ A confirm the changed contents Operation procedure 8 If it is acceptable push button to finish 7 gt 2 ty 3 s4 confirmation A D 7 8 End 99 e To change all the indoor addresses from an arbitrary wired remote controller When the setup operation with automatic address has finished this change is available Contents Using an arbitrary wired remote controller the indoor unit address can be changed for each same refrigerant piping line Change the address in the address check change mode lt Procedure gt Operation while air conditioner stops 7 Push the timer time buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Dir Firstly the line 1 item code AL Address Change is displayed 2 Using buttons select the line address 3 Push button e The indoor unit address which is connected to the refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis
74. from the lower part of the electric parts box NOTE Pay attention that the electric parts box may fall out due to the center of gravity Take off the hooks from the upper part of the electric parts box and move it to the valve side NOTE If installed status of the moved electric parts box is unstable it may fall down When the electric parts box is unstable take off all the cables inside of the electric parts box and then remove the entire electric parts box completely Remove the lower duct M4 x 4 Take off the sound insulation mat Remove the crank case heater e Take off the terminal cover of the compressor the wiring to A WARNING the compressor and the case thermostat unit Be careful that oil in the pipe may emit NOTE Be sure to apply insulate to the removed cable fire when broiling the welded point with a terminals with insulating tape etc To exchange the burner compressor remove cables of the compressor only Remove the discharge pipe suction pipe and oil equation pipe Take off the hexagonal bolts fixing the compressor One side of hexagon 13mm x 2 pcs a compressor Positions to be removed NOTE Only two hexagonal bolts are provided to a com S qc eos ge pressor but it is not lack E e B S d Gei ell e Remove the compressor DE e Left side is same rie SO as right side iy tl x Lower duct lt Measurement of oil amount in the defective compressor gt e Put the troubled co
75. function if prepared to this system For multiple outdoor unit system execute pump down by using the normal outdoor units and refrigerant can be recovered from the outdoor unit to be repaired 13 1 1 Before Refrigerant Recovery Operation Pay attention to the following items during pump down operation Note 1 The refrigerant recovery rate changes with the outside temperature etc in the pump down operation When the pump down operation has finished be sure to recover the remaining gas using a recovery device and measure the recovered refrigerant amount Executing pump down operation when pump down operation is operated with heating accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired improves refrigerant recovery rate Note 2 After this work the system cannot operate until the defective outdoor unit has been repaired As the operation becomes refrigerant overcharge operation a continuous operation is unavailable Note 3 While both outdoor pulse motor valves are closed cannot open the valves the refrigerant in the heat exchanger cannot be recovered If executing welding after pump down operation recover the refrigerant in the heat ex changer before work 13 1 2 Refrigerant Recovery Procedure In case of no backup operation for outdoor unit lt Work procedure gt Turn on the power supply of the system and stop status of system operation If a trouble is an insulation error of the compressor remove wiring to the compressor before turn
76. header unit e When two or more follower units are connected select an outdoor unit nearest to the header unit as the header unit 230 Setup for the unit selected as the header unit 6 Match the setup of SW13 and SW14 on the interface P C board with SW setup of the unit with trouble Refrigerant system address setup 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface PC board Setup not to detect the indoor capacity over 8 Match the setup of SW30 Bit 1 and 2 on the interface PC board with SW setup of the unit with trouble Setup for end terminal resistance of communication 6 Outdoor interface P C board of the unit selected as the header unit Set SW13 and SW14 to same values as those of the unit with trouble Faw up e e r E DIER 7 See Turn on Bit 2 of ig Connection change of the communication line 9 Change the communication line between outdoor and indoor from U1 U2 terminal of the header unit with trouble to U1 U2 of the unit selected as the header unit 10 If a central control device is connected connect the communication line U3 U4 of the central control system to the communication line U3 U4 terminal of the unit selected as the header unit and connect a relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals Header unit with trouble Outdoor unit selected as the header unit r 8 Set Bit 1 2 of SW30 to same values as those of the unit with trouble ate pm ba ma em mm
77. header unit quantity error is displayed on 7 segment display after turning on the power supply of the unit it is not a problem because it is only interruption of communication with the header unit 229 Setup for the header unit 7 Error clear is set up from the header unit 1 Check U1 E26 Decrease of No of connected outdoor units is displayed on 7 segment display under condition that the rotary switches SW01 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 on the interface P C board 2 Set the rotary switches SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 2 16 1 and then push the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more after Er have been displayed on 7 segment display 3 Er CL are displayed on 7 segment display Error clear completes 4 Return SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 It is normal if U1 are displayed Interface P C board of the header unit 7 a ve Frit err i il TTT he Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 Pe 3 i a E U1 E26 are displayed WW 7 a ez Trl FTT i Fern ETT 4 Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 16 1 ege ai Push SW04 re D Er are displayed Push the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more Er CL are displayed 4 Return rotary SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 Le U1 are displayed i Rotary SW01 02 03 Pe in All the backup setup for the header unit has completed Check the operation 11 3 2 In Case of Trouble on Header Unit Backup setup for header unit lt Work procedure gt 1 Turn off the
78. heat exchanger _ TC 8 46 9 o Outdoor heat exchanger TE 2 1 a 3 Tameme E 4a ak Number of compressor Compressor Il 73 28 iene Ge E D TT Outdoor Te eT This compressor is driven with 4 pole motor The value of the compressor frequency Hz measured by a clamp meter is two times of the rotation count rps of the compressor This data is the cycle data under condition of the standard pipe length and two 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioners connected Data changes according to installed pipe length combination of indoor units or connected indoor capacity For a compressor the left side is 1 and the right side is 2 viewed from the front side Even if two compressors operate the frequency difference may be a little set as measures against resonance The temperature of indoor heat exchanger TC indicates TCJ sensor temperature in cooling time and TC2 sensor temperature in heating time respectively 2 Criterion for operating pressure General criterion is as follows High pressure 2 0 to 3 2MPa Indoor 18 to 32 C Cooling When all the units operate in cooling mode Low pressure 0 5 to 0 9MPa Outdoor 25 to 35 C High pressure 2 5 to 3 3MPa Indoor 15 to 25 C When all the units operate in heating mode Low pressure 0 5 to 0 7MPa Outdoor 5 to 10 C Using the rotary switch on the outdoor unit I F the operating pressure cycle temperature and compressor ro
79. is clogged with dust water is disabled to drain In some cases water overflows from the drain pan and it may wet wall or floor Be sure to clean the drain pan before the cooling season Under Ceiling Type 1 Open the suction grille e Hold knob of the inlet grille push it rearward OPEN and then open the inlet grille quietly while holding it 2 Take out the air filter SE seg e Push knobs of the air filter to remove the claws of the Air filter aa inlet grille Remove the air filter by pulling it toward you Inlet grille Inlet grille fixing knob 3 Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water e When dirt is heavy it is effective to clean the filter with tepid water with dissolved neutral detergent or cold water e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade 4 Mount the air filter 5 Close the inlet grille e Close the inlet grille slide the knob toward you and then fix it surely 6 Push E K PS display disappears aN Pull out inlet grille while pushing hook Inlet grille Air filter High Wall Type Air inlet grille SE p Air in the room is sucked from here lt Air inlet grille gt Wipe it with a dried soft cloth e If dirt of the main unit is not cleaned even if wiped with a dried soft cloth wipe it completely squeezed cloth which was rinsed with tepid water below 40 C lt Air outlet grille Air outlet flap gt I
80. line Unit of other line was connected when indoor automatic address started Transmission of other outdoor unit was unavailable for 30 seconds or more Check item position e Setup the address again after disconnecting communication connection with other refrigerant circuit system e Check the communication line connection between indoor and outdoor e Check the electric power line error in indoor e Check the noise of surrounding devices e Power failure e Check indoor PC board error e Check the connection capacity of indoor unit e Check the HP capacity of indoor unit e Check the indoor outdoor capacity setup e Check the No of connected indoor units e Check the outdoor I F P C board error e Check cable of the remote controller e Check power cabling of indoor e Check PC board of indoor The outdoor unit connected with communication cable between indoor and outdoor U1 U2 is the outdoor header unit e Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor e Check outdoor P C board I F error Separate the cable between lines according to automatic address setup method in Address setup e Check the power of outdoor unit Is the power turned on e Check connection of communication wire or disconnection between outdoor units e Check the connector for communication on outdoor PC board e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Check the end terminal resistance setup for
81. main power supplies of all the units connected to the system Setup for outdoor unit with trouble 2 Close fully the gas side service valve of the unit with trouble 3 Leave service valve of the balance pipe and the liquid pipe fully opened To prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit However close fully service valve of the liquid pipe when there is PMV leakage in outdoor unit When PMV can not be closed fully 4 lt in case of trouble on the compressor or electric parts system Compressor electric system parts I F PC board IPDU P C board gt After then keep OFF for the main power supply of the unit with trouble lt In case of trouble on the cycle parts system Pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerat circuit parts fan system parts gt Remove the communication Refrigerant circuit connector CN03 between outdoor units on the interface PC board Setup for outdoor unit with trouble 4 Remove communication connector CNO3 on the interface P C board only when a trouble occurred on the refrigerant circuit system Close service valve of gas pipe fully 3 Service valves of the liquid pipe and the balance pipe are kept opened However close the liquid valve when a leakage occurred on the outdoor PMV Selection of header unit 5 Select a header unit among the follower units based upon the following criteria e If only one follower unit is connected select it as the
82. mm Ce ee ee WWW WEE ERRRRRRWRW e WEE EES HERE i Communication line between outdoor units U5 U6 mmm ee Communication line between indoor and outdoor units U1 U2 terminals F Central control system communication line U3 U4 terminals E E E WW m E E E WW WW WW WW SW H 9 10 Change the connection of communication When a central control device is connected change the line between indoor and outdoor from the connection of communication line of the central control unit with trouble to the terminals U1 U2 system from the unit with trouble to the terminals of the unit selected as the header unit U1 U2 of the unit selected as the header unit 11 Turn on the power supplies of each outdoor unit Turn on the main power supplies of all the units other than the unit with trouble As for power supply of the unit with trouble follow the procedure below Leave the main power supply of the unit with trouble as it is lp case of trouble on the compressor or electric parts system Compressor electric system parts I F PC board IPDU P C board gt Keep OFF for the main power supply of the unit lt In case of trouble on the refrigerant circuit parts system Pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerat circuit parts fan system parts gt Turn on the main power supply to protect the compressor Case heater ON Although E19 Outdoor header unit quantity error is displayed on 7 segment display after turning on the power supply of
83. motor normal Repair faulty parts NO YES NO Are characteristics of TC2 and TCJ sensor resistance value normal Replace TC2 or TCJ sensor Repair faulty position NO NO Are not indoor units of different refrigerant circuit connected Replace PMV body YES Check with miscabling check function of outdoor unit Check and correct the cabling Refrigerant overcharge Ge Is there clogging Check indoor P C board clogging etc of valve Failure Replace clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition 190 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P05 AF Open phase negative phase 1 Power supply open phase d07 Al NET 2 Power supply negative phase e Check the phase power line of outdoor unit e Check error of outdoor I F P C board e Check there is no looseness etc of terminal Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P07 1C Heat sink overheat error Power voltage error d07 Al NET Outdoor fan system error Heat sink installation error Clogging of hear sink cooling duct IPDU PC board error TH sensor error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side NO 380 415V 10 Is power voltage normal Correct power line YES NO Correct wiring such as Is wiring of IPDU normal cable to compressor or connector connection YES Is indoor fan normal Check fan and fan motor Z O Is there no clogging
84. of heat sink cooling duct Correct clogging YES YES Is screw between IPDU e and heat sink loosened Tighten screws NO Ge Geng NO Check IPDU P C board 191 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P10 Ob Indoor overflow error 1 Float SW operation error d07 Al NET 2 Drain pump operation error 3 Clogging of drain pipe 4 Indoor PC board error Sub code Indoor address with trouble Is float SW connector Indoor control P C board CN34 connected normally NO Correct connector connection YES NO NO Does float SW operate Check and correct wiring YES YES Check indoor P C board Failure Replace NO NO Is power supply to Check indoor P C board Does drain pump operate drain pump normal Failure Replace Mee YES Replace drain pump Check drain pipe etc and check cabling e Check there is 380 415V voltage of 1 3 pin of CN68 on indoor PC board 192 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P12 11 Indoor fan motor error 1 Cabling error of fan motor connector d07 Al NET 2 Fan motor error 3 Indoor PC board error Detectable in model with DC fan motor JN REESEN 4 way Air Discharge Cassette or Concealed Duct Standard type YES Is there connection error or disconnection on connector CN333 CN334 of indoor P C board MCC 1402 Correct connector connection NO Remove connectors CN333 and CN334 on indoor P
85. of SWO1 1 SW02 1 SWO3 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control Set up the operation mode of the remote controller ____ cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode If it is not set up the operation starts with the current mode is not operated In this case O or is displayed on the remote controller Match the rotary switch on the interface P C board of the header unit with in the following table 7 segment display A B 4 Address display of 00 is displayed for corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON 7 segment display Push the push switch SW04 on the interface A B P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more If pushing this switch continuously for 10 seconds Sia Sa Zeg or more the operation changes to the individual Address display of 11 is displayed for at test operation corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON For individual test operation FF is displayed Operation check If the discharge air temperature does not change The indoor unit to be started operates ER though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller misconnection is considered Push the push switch SW05 on the interface SOEs ee EA EE P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more Addiessi A S
86. on the main power supplies of all the units connected to the system Then setup operation for the compressor backup finishes 228 11 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Setup lt Outline gt Against a case that a trouble occurs on the outdoor unit backup operation can be set up to either header unit or follower unit For the multiple outdoor unit system Failure of compressor coil perform an outdoor unit backup operation if the following error modes occurred e Trouble on compressor e Trouble on pressure sensor Pd Ps temperature sensor TD1 TD2 TS1 TE1 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 TL Note Backup of the outdoor unit should be restricted to one unit in one system 11 3 1 In case of Trouble on Follower Outdoor Unit Backup setup for follower outdoor unit lt Work procedure gt 1 Turn off the main power supplies of all the units connected to the system Setup for outdoor unit with trouble 2 Close fully the gas side service valve of the unit with trouble 3 Leave service valve of the balance pipe of the liquid pipe opened To prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit However close fully service valve of the liquid pipe when there is PMC leakage in outdoor unit PMV does not close 4 lt in case of trouble on the compressor or electric parts system Compressor electric system parts I F P C board IPDU P C board gt After then keep OFF for the main power supply of the unit with trouble lt In case of trouble on the refrigeran
87. only within Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell EECH the specified range e Check MG SW or OCR All stop e Resistance value of e Check connection of TK3 sensor connector sensor is infinite or Zero e Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value GYL N O Check code GE Check code name Error detection condition Check item position Al NET central control remote controller L03 Indoor Duplicated indoor center units Corresponding There are multiple center units in a e Check indoor address unit only stops group e Check the change of remote controller connection Group individual after indoor address setup L04 L04 I F Duplicated outdoor line address Line address setup is duplicated e Check line address against the outdoor unit in different refrigerant pipe system oe indoor units with priority All stop Indoor units with priority were e Check display of indoor unit with priority Displayed on indoor unit with priority duplicated No of indoor units with Duplicated indoor units with priority Indoor units with priority were e Check display of indoor unit with priority and priority Displayed on the unit other than duplicated outdoor unit indoor unit with priority Indoor Group line in individual indoor unit Corresponding At least one indoor unit connected Check indoor address unit only stops to a group existed in the individual indoor units L08 L08 Indoor
88. operates Check code P10 When CN70 is connected or the item code 40 setup data is 1 the setup becomes humidifier orovided and the drain pump operates with the left conditions 1 When the air conditioner stops in the HEAT mode drive the indoor fan with LOW mode for approx 30 seconds 1 When the louver signal has been received from the remote controller the louver operates if the indoor fan is operating 2 In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type the discharge louver automatically directs downward if the operation stops 3 In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type the discharge louver directs upward if the heating operation is being prepared 1 The operation time of the indoor fan is integrated and stored in memory and the filter exchange signal is sent to the remote controller to display on the remote controller LCD after the specified time 2500H 2 When the filter reset signal is received form the remote controller time of the integrated timer is cleared In this time if the specified time has passed the measured time is reset and LCD display disappears 66 Mel Item Outline of specifications Remarks QY and amp display Operation and heating stand by 16 Selection of central control mode lt Operation standby gt Display on remote controller EO goes on le P0O5 is one of displays of power wire missingand when it s detected COOL DRY operation
89. output voltage error of Pd sensor Check disconnection of connection of connector Pd sensor CN501 circuit and output voltage of sensor If the sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board 168 12 Indoor other error Indoor P C board error d07 Al NET EEROM error This error is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC10 non volatile memory EEPROM on indoor unit PC board Replace service PC board If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read write EEPROM data the automatic address mode is repeated In this case 97 error is displayed on AI NET central controller Approx 3 minutes Approx 1 minute Power ON SET DATA is displayed gt SET DATA LED D02 1Hz flashes gt Repeat on main remote controller disappears for approx 10 seconds Reset on indoor unit P C board Repetition Check codename code name Check code name Cause of operation F31 1C Outdoor EEPROM error 1 Outdoor unit power error Voltage noise etc d07 Al NET 2 Outdoor I F P C board error Check power voltage and line Is there any trouble of S Correct power line outdoor unit power supply Check external noise etc NO Check I F PC board 169 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H01 1F Compressor breakdown Outdoor unit power line error d07 Al NET Compressor circuit system error Compre
90. parts Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation Board layout the inverte Switch layout on the board Bee Interface board Magnetic switch Comp IPDU Comp IPDU CN15 O oam CH T02 rop T04 O Uo No 1 No 2 267 17 2 7 Notice for Wiring Wiring for service shall be done according to the wiring diagram Special caution is needed for reactor which has different connecting points on COMP IPDU1 and COMP IPDU2 COMP IPDU No 1 COMP IPDU No 2 TO REACTOR 1 TO REACTOR 2 CN20 REACTOR 1 CNO8 REACTOR 2 CN21 REACTOR 1 CNO7 REACTOR 2 P C board interface The electrolytic capacitors in this panel are charged to 660 volts D C Before servicing turn off the power supply and allow the capacitor to discharge for at least 10 minutes Purpose Discharge the capacitor Discharge to a safe level 10 volts D C or LESS Test with a D C Voltmeter as shown CN15 CAPA WS Comp IPDU No 1 amp No 2 o COMP IPDU No 1 and COMP IPDU No 2 have the same electric potential but both voltages shall be measured Never discharge the capacitor terminals with any metal implement Personal injury or equipment damage may result 268 lt Inverter Assembly Configuration gt Fan IPDU Magnet SW Power supply P C board for fan BUS terminal block IPDU1 Noise filter Interface P C board Power supply terminal block Over current relay 269 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORA
91. the compressor Fasten receptacle terminals of the compressor may be loosened Prior to the installation caulk a little to them with radio pinchers reinsert them into the compressor and then check there is no looseness NOTES e Only two hexagonal bolts are provided to a compressor but it is not lacking e The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolt to fix the compressor is 200kg cm e If oil has been extracted from the accumulator braze the cutoff pipe after pinching lt Vacuuming gt In case of single outdoor system gt Connect vacuum pump to the valve charge ports of the liquid and gas pipes and the check joint at high pressure side and then drive the vacuum pump Vacuum until the vacuum low pressure gauge indicates 1 mmHg NOTE e Before vacuuming open PMV fully Vacuuming may not be executed for the heat exchanger of the outdoor unit under condition of PMV closed In case of multiple outdoor units system e In case of conducting the refrigerant recovery at replacing the compressor perform vacuuming as 13 3 Process after repair lt Full opening of PMV gt e Turn on power of the outdoor unit e Short CN30 on I F PC board of the outdoor unit e Turn off power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after short circuiting lt Refrigerant charging gt e Add the same amount of refrigerant as the remaining refrigerant refrigerant from the charge port of the service valve at liquid side 246 15 3 Check
92. the new refrigerant with the specified amount in the procedure as described below Recover the refrigerant and check there is no refrigerant in the equipment Leave it as it is for 1 to 2 minutes and check the indicator of the compound gauge does not return Connect the charge hose to the packed valve service ports at gas side liquid side and balance side of the outdoor unit Set the refrigerant cylinder on the electron balance connect the charge hose to connecting ports of the cylinder and the electron gauge and then charge the liquid refrigerant from the Connect the charge hose to vacuum pump adaptor service port at liquid side Shield with the gauge manifold so that refrigerant does not flow to gas side Charge the refrigerant as below Open the packed valves of the balance pipe fully at liquid and gas sides and then return the valve at gas side a little to the closed side Low High Open fully PMV of the outdoor unit Be Deeg e Turn on power of the outdoor unit G amp e Short CN30 on I F P C board of the outdoor unit Connected to Valve fully closed EE 2 e Turn off power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after short circuiting indoor unit gas side K Ka SE F Mer centerunit Ann Open fully the handle Low of the gauge manifold and then turn on S ae A i the power of vacuum pump for vacuuming NX Service Reducing port 6 4 3 valve Fully Copper pipe ONO When the pressure has lo
93. the operation mode set to FAN It is not a failure e Is the setup temp the appropriate temperature e Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously STANDBY indica tion is lit on the display column of the remote controller When the following symptoms are found stop the operation immediately turn off the power switch and contact the dealer which you have purchased the air conditioner e Activation of switch is unstable e Fuse or breaker is blown periodically e Foreign matters or water entered by mistake e When if activation cause of the protective device has been removed the operation is not performed e Other unusual status occurred 55 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 4 1 Inverter Unit 5 6 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAP0501HT MAP0601HT MAPO801HT PMV1 T PMV2 EE VE _ Pulse motor MMY MAP1001HT MAP1201HT EE Right side Sensor Ok TE1 8 10 12HP Propeller fan Air heat exchanger at outdoor side Air heat exchanger at outdoor side I Sensor Di TE1 H a Air heat exchanger I ensor i at outdoor side TO Strainer I I Air heat exchanger l at outdoor side I I valve PMV 5 6HP Strainer Capillary tube Solenoid valve SV3D Strainer Check valve Check Solenoid valve Solenoid valve SV42 o Check joint Strainer a Compressor 1 Inverter Capillary t
94. the unit it is not a problem because it is only interruption of communication with the header unit Then all the backup setup for the header unit has finished Check the operation 231 11 4 Backup Setup for Outdoor Unit during Cooling Season lt Outline gt Restricted to a case unnecessary to operate the air system in HEAT mode in cooling season etc this function enables the backup operation to operate quickly by omitting various setups even when the header unit or follower unit has mal functioned This backup operation is same as that of the abovementioned Outdoor Unit Backup Setup except that it cannot operate in HEAT mode Note 1 When this function is set up a heating operation is unavailable HEAT mode cannot be selected on the remote controller Note 2 If a trouble occurred on the interface P C board or the electric cycle system the backup operation cannot be performed by this setup In this case execute the abovementioned Outdoor Unit Backup Setup lt Work procedure gt 1 Turn off the main power supplies of all the units connected to the system Setup for outdoor unit with trouble The following procedure is common even if the outdoor unit with trouble is the header or follower unit 2 Turn on both Bit 1 and 2 of the SWO6 on the interface PC board Close fully the service valve of the liquid pipe when there is leakage of outdoor PMV PMV does not close 4 Turn on the main power supplies of a
95. to a day or so on 2 Keep pushing the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board for 1 second or more The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode 3 As shown in the following table TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SW02 on the interface P C board Clear Return numbers of SW01 SWO2 and SWO3 on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit to 1 1 1 each lt Service support function list gt J H Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Heating operation Jl inn eaten ton OOOO re Indoor collective start stop ON OFF function r e Solenoid valve forced open close function 11016 4to5 d L IF d Fan forced operation function Outside temp sensor manual adjustment function 1 to 1 Indoor No 1 to 16 unit 2 1 7 to 3 2 Indoor No 17 to 32 unit ae 1 to 16 3 3 Indoor individual start stop ON OFF function 3 3 3 to 4 8 Indoor No 33 to 48 unit 4 4 9 to 6 4 Indoor No 49 to 64 unit swo1 SW03 7 segment display A B Function contents U 1 E28 Follower unit error Corresponding unit fan operation function 125 8 7 11 Indoor Fan Operation Check Function This function is provided to check operation of single indoor unit without using communication with the remote controller or outdoor unit This function can be used regardless operating or stopping of the system However if this function is used for a long time a trouble of the air cond
96. to enter the check results in the check list 1 and 2 Check the main power supply It is the check after the power has been turned on is turned on Check the refrigerant circuit system is normally turned on can he audience Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units p i NOTE The operation does not start by only power ON p Check air blowing and cooling heating operation in the indoor unit 8 2 Check Items before Test Operation Prior to the test operation check the following items D Q GER so that there is no trouble in the installation work F F d Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C lt Main check items for electric wiring gt D E The communication system differs from Outdoor TE that of R22 or R407 refrigerant unit RS Modular Multi system air conditioner Earth wie Check again cautious points on wiring vl 1 In case that a center control eae system is not connected EE ain switch Indoor it ST CC DIS 1 phase 230V Leak interception Ke ro ES Main switch Remote controller Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to U1 U2 terminals Is the relay connector between U1 U2 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory 2 Is the communication line between each outdoor units connected to U5 U6 terminal rd Is the terminal resistance SW30 2 on the interface P C board of the header unit turned on Set up at e from t
97. unit is set for each line Therefore an alarm code L03 nn ne Duplicated indoor header units is output in operation after address setup In this case change the group address from the wired remote controller for only one header unit is set controller up Address setup procedure 2 1 Using SW13 and 14 on the interface PC board of the header unit in each system set up the refrig E 2 Header unit interface P C board erant line address for each system At shipment from factory Set to Address 1 Note Be careful not to duplicate with other refriger ant line S Swo7 Swos Swo9 SW10 System address switch on outdoor interface P C board O Switch ON x Switch OFF address address x x x x ch On x S RER zer ge SE Ee EE oer eko offo BEDS x i H S x x a NIN NJ gt we gt i 7 e 8 x x x x x x 24 25 E O ilO x x x x x x x X x x o x N oO L x g lo H x X S x x NO NO H RN BD D BD ox BD NO PO PO Ba BD H H Is not used for setup of system address Do not change setup 2 Check that the relay connectors between U1U2 and U3U4 terminals are come out in all the header units to which the central control is connected At shipment from factory No connection of connector 3 Turn on power of indoor outdoor In order of indoor outdoor 4 After approx 1 minute chec
98. units connected normally Correct connection of communication line Z O YES Is communication connector CN03 NO Correct connector connection between follower outdoor units connected Communication connector CNO3 YES Check I F PC board 1 How to clear the error Set SW01 SW02 SWO03 on I F P C board of header unit to 2 16 1 and push SW04 for 5 seconds or more 7 segment display Er CL 161 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E28 d2 Follower outdoor unit error Follower outdoor error d07 Al NET Sub code Detected outdoor unit No An error occurred on the follower unit Check the check code of follower unit on 7 segment display on I F PC board of follower unit and then check according to Diagnose procedure for each check code How to specify the follower outdoor unit in which error occurred If pushing SW04 for 1 second or more under condition that E28 is displayed on 7 segment display of the header unit the fan of the outdoor which stopped due to occurrence of error starts rotating When pushing SW0O5 singly the fan operation is cleared Check code Check code name Cause of operation E31 CF IPDU communication error Connection error of communication line d07 Al NET between IPDU and I F PC board I F P C board error IPDU PC board error External noise Sub code 01 IPDU1 error 02 IPDU2 error 03 IPDU1 2 error 04 Fan IPDU error 05 IPDU1 fan
99. unstable e Fuse or breaker is blown periodically e Foreign matters or water entered by mistake e When if activation cause of the protective device has been removed the operation is not performed e Other unusual status occurred 55 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 4 1 Inverter Unit 5 6 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAP0501HT MAP0601HT MAPO801HT PMV1 T PMV2 EE VE _ Pulse motor MMY MAP1001HT MAP1201HT EE Right side Sensor Ok TE1 8 10 12HP Propeller fan Air heat exchanger at outdoor side Air heat exchanger at outdoor side I Sensor Di TE1 H a Air heat exchanger I ensor i at outdoor side TO Strainer I I Air heat exchanger l at outdoor side I I valve PMV 5 6HP Strainer Capillary tube Solenoid valve SV3D Strainer Check valve Check Solenoid valve Solenoid valve SV42 o Check joint Strainer a Compressor 1 Inverter Capillary tube Sensor TK2 Oil tank Solenoid valve O V SV3E AC Capillary tube Capillary tube Solenoid o Valve SV3B Balance pipe Liquid side Gas side servise valve servise valve servise valve 56 Low pressure sensor Check joint erate N Sensor TS1 T Accumulator 4 2 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline Connector CN324 Red 1 SV
100. way valve 1 YES Does 4 way valve operate in test operation restart the operation YES 4 way valve error Check 4 way valve Z 1 Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which compressors is operated I F SWO1 1 SWO2 6 SW03 2 TS sensor temperature SW01 1 SW02 7 SW03 2 TE sensor temperature lt Judgment criteria gt TE sensor Normal if TE lt 20 C except summer season Outside temp 20 C or lower TS sensor Normal if TS lt 40 C except summer season Outside temp 20 C or lower 198 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P20 22 High pressure protective operation d07 Al NET Pd sensor error Service valve closed Indoor outdoor fan error Indoor outdoor PMV clogging Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging SV2 circuit error SV4 circuit error SV5 circuit error Outdoor I F P C board error Operation error of check valve of main discharge pipe Refrigerant overcharge 1 2 3 4 2 6 T 8 9 0 ech ech ech NO Are service valves fully opened YES Open service valves fully Are characteristics of NO Check parts high pressure sensor normal Failure Replace YES Reset power supply and start a test Cooling To operation corresponded to the season Heating To C 1 Pressure by pressure gauge Check joint 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display Cooling operation 3 Output voltage of I F P C board
101. wet on the floor Drain receiver With strainer lt How to remove front panel gt e Push down hook of the air filter on the front panel Lower side e Pull the air filter toward you to remove it Air filter Removes dirt or dust It is included in the inlet grille Front panel Lower side e This model is a concealed type Therefore conceal other parts than the air outlet and the air filter Be sure not to touch the electric parts box the surrounding lead wires the refrigerant pipes etc directly with the hands 52 Cleaning of the main unit remote controller e Wipe them with soft and dry cloth e If heavy dirt adheres to the main unit wipe out it e Do not use benzene thinner polishing powder or similar solvents for cleaning These may cause a with a cloth dampened with tepid water For the crack or deformation remote controller use a dry cloth wae Polishing B Benzene powder will wipe soft and dry cloth lt If you do not use the unit for more than 1 month gt e Operate the fan for half a day to dry inside of the main unit sufficiently e Turn off the main power switch e Clean the air filter and then remount it as before Use after drying when it has not been used for a long time lt Before cooling season Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type gt Cleaning of drain pan and drain receiver With strainer A CAUTION Clean the drain pan a
102. 0 0 0 76 0 77 0 79 0 83 0 0 12 4 89 1 02 1 04 1 06 1 08 1 10 1 12 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 21 1 23 25 Of 1 29 1 31 1 33 1 35 1 37 1 39 1 44 0 97 0 99 1 02 1 04 1 06 213 ieo 163 215 182 165 paar ee 167 1 66 1 67 1 69 1 71 1 73 1 75 1 77 Si S Si 5 38 212 3 3 3 3 3 ESCH 28 0 28 2 4 28 4 28 6 28 8 29 0 29 2 29 4 29 6 2 29 8 4 30 0 30 2 3 04 30 5 30 7 AETA las 9 31 5 1 317 3 31 9 5 32 1 7 32 3 9 32 5 1 32 7 32 9 33 1 33 3 33 5 33 7 33 9 34 1 34 3 IS 0 8 2 8 4 0 9 2 94 0 0 2 14 13 315 31 19 2 32 3 32 5 32 32 9 3 4 4 3 34 5 Eai EECH 221 3 26 228 220 ESCH 231 3 36 3 38 3 40 NEE CR 3 56 3 57 3 59 3 61 3 63 3 65 3 67 3 69 371 3 73 3 75 3 77 ESCH 281 3 83 3 85 3 87 3 89 281 3 93 3 95 3 397 3 2 69 271 2 73 2 75 2 7 2 79 2 80 2 82 2 84 2 86 4 2 88 TEA 296 2 98 3 00 oe 323 EE 3 26 EE 3 30 3 32 3 34 Eo 4 24 3 76 38 4 4 36 38 6 4 38 3 80 4 41 3 84 4 45 3 88 3 92 4 51 4 51 3 93 3 93 4 53 3 97 4 55 3 97 3 99 4 59 4 01 4 63 4 05 4 65 4 6
103. 0 minutes passed for sending operation 2 SW01 SW02 or SWO03 changed to other position 120 8 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for 2 minutes in all the indoor units by the switch opera tion on the interface P C board of the header unit This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation lt Operation gt Open fully Set the switch SWO1 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 SW02 to 3 SW08 to 1 and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows P FF Close fully Set the switch on the interface PC board of the header unit SW01 to 2 SW02 to 3 SW03 to 1 and push SW05 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for one minute as follows P 00 Clear After 2 minutes 1 minutes for Close fully passed when setup has finished the opening automatically returns to the normal opening 8 7 6 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully RM V PMV1 PMV2 used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes Open fully Short circuit for CN30 on the outdoor interface P C board Close fully Short circuit for CN31 on the outdoor interface PC board Clear After 2 minutes the open
104. 01 No 1 unit to 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed Group address 0000 Individual 0001 Header unit of group 0099 Unfixed 0002 Follower unit of group Flap type 0000 Not provided 0001 Swing only According to type Adjustment of air 0004 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type and Under Ceiling type direction Temp difference of 0000 0 deg to 0010 10 deg 0003 3 deg automatic cooling For setup temperature reversal of COOL HEAT by Data value 2 Ts 1 5 heating mode selection COOL gt HEAT HEAT COOL Automatic restart of 0000 None 0001 Reset 0000 None power failure Operation condition 0000 Usual 0001 Condition ignored 0000 Usual of humidifier Detection control for heat exchanger temperature Selection of option 0000 Filter input 0001 Alarm input Air washer etc 0002 Humidifier error input CN70 0002 Humidifier input HA terminal CN61 0000 Usual 0001 Leaving ON prevention control 0000 Usual select HA terminal Automatic elevating 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available 0000 Unavailable grille Standard Auto grille Oil guard Oil guard panel Auto grille panel Ventilating fan 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available 0000 Unavailable control TA sensor selection 0000 Body TA sensor 0001 Remote controller sensor 0000 Body TA sensor Temperature unit 0000 C at factory shipment 0001 F 0000 C select 0003 Humidifier ON Pump OFF Contro
105. 0Hz LOCC OOMOCOCOCROC LEBU MeL MELS 200V 60Hz E T10 Fandrive Option GRL Pree be a a Soe See Se Keeser wies CCAS Option A Akai BLK aa he a ENEE RE KEE l Color identification d RK RED BLK BLACK oi WHI WHITE GRY GRAY BEE G lle i YELLOW PNK PINK SE KH EC i BLUE ORN ORANGE d See REBRE i BROWN GRN GREEN cae ae ee WHI _ i BLK a i Go I Indoor temp sensor 1 FNA OW M Outdoor unit FS O FS O Float switch 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site Wired remote Adpter for wireless 3 E haicates th econtr l PC board controller remote controller i oe Sold separately I POIN d L Buljlad 1 punN 9 1 2 HL tOdv HL9 OdY HLZZOdY HLPZOdV HL8LOdY HLSLOdYV OWN L AR I POIN d L IVM UBIH 2 4 2 TA TCJ TC2 TC1 LLI LASLAS 3 IA IG 1X23 EML 2X5 Le Nf We W We NI i i LAA AA Le Nei We NN ae aa LAJ ey eee Vi GOOD 00000 DAOCOOMOCOOCOMOCCONOCOONOCOONOCOOMOCOO CN82 CN33 CN34 CN104 CN102 CN101 CN100 BLU WHI RED YEL RED BLK BRW L BLU WHI E NEE een MEER ARN aaa GRN 2 circuit ER CN080 e GRN Ka Control PC board er for Indoor unit T T3 15A 250V MCC 1402 Det Pet EXT o DC20V RED 2 Power supply FS pciav cNn70 14 circuit AR Flow selector un
106. 0MQ or more e Is not short circuited between windings It is normal if there are 0 1Q to 0 3Q Use a precise digital tester 17 2 3 How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove three fasten terminals U V W of the fan motor from IPDU PC board for the outdoor fan 3 Turn the fan with hands If it is not turned a fan motor error Lock is considered Replace the fan motor with a new one When it is turned measure the winding resistance between each phases of the fasten terminal motor winding with a tester It is normal if the winding resistance between phases are 13 to 33Q Use a precise digital tester Part name Procedure Outdoor fan motor Measure resistance of each winding with a tester Red U Position Red White 13 330 Black Red 13 330 White Black 13 330 Normal temp 264 17 2 4 How to Check Fan Power Supply P C Board and Fan IPDU The fan power supply PC board supplies DC power It supplies DC280V for the fan IPDU and DC12V and DC7V for the control power supply respectively If the control power is not supplied a communication error Error code E31 is out 1 How to check fan power supply P C board MCC 1439 As shown in the following table measure the voltage of the check positions with a digital tester Ne Cheek tem Check position 1 DC280V output Between CN500 and DC260 to DC340V CH Between CN500 and DC12V Control power voltage Betwee
107. 0V MCC 1502 P C board Pipe temp sensor TD 30 C to 135 C Ambient temp range Pipe temp sensor TS 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Heat exchanger temp sensor TE 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Outside temp sensor TO 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Oil temp sensor TK 30 C to 135 C Ambient temp range Liquid temp sensor TL 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Smoothing condenser For fan 400LRSN1000M 1000uF 400V Magnet SW FC 2S 400V 38A ZPROYCE101A500 100 13A 500V Heat Pump Model Model MMY MAP0501HT7 MAP0601HT7 MAP0801HT7 MAP1001HT7 MAP1201HT7 Power supply terminal block JXO 3004 AC600V 30A 4P Communication line terminal block rer poy AC30V or DC42V 1A 6P Smoothing condenser 4OOLRSN 1500M 1500uF 400V For compressor Power supply transformer TT 01 03T AC230V 350mA P C board Noise filter MCC 1366 FKX 240NK 4810US 0 48mH 30A MCC 1366 P C board Line filter AC FKX 220NK 6310US 0 63mH 25A MCC 1366 P C board P C board Control board MCC 1429 P C board IPDU 4T62DA1E 6 2kW MCC 1502 P C board Power supply board MCC 1439 P C board IPDU for fan IPDU 2D16DA1 800W MCC 896 MCC 897 Power complex module 6MBR25UA120 25A 1200V MCC 1502 P C board Pipe temp sensor TD 30 C to 135 C Ambient temp range Pipe temp sensor TS 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range Heat exchanger temp sensor TE 20 C to 80 C Ambient temp range
108. 18 gt 19 C gt 18 C gt 19 C gt 18 C Test operation gt Stop Test heating operation Start gt 30 C gt 29 C gt 30 29 C gt 30 C gt 29 C gt 30 C gt Test operation gt Stop Be sure to set the ve air speed to High SE D Lei 3 4 5 6 OOR a Ee 2 7 109 2 Test operation START Test operation for one indoor unit ke Refer to Test operation procedure of indoor remote controller YES deen The operation does not start approx 3 minutes peration sta after power ON or operation stop YES NOTE After power ON it may require Max 10 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communication of the system Is cold air or hot air discharged Check operation status of the compressor YES Is air circulation good Check direction of the flap YES Test operation for all units in turn Execute a test operation using Operate all the indoor units at once Fox Function of start stop the indoor unit from outdoor unit in Service support function NOTE 1 Is the temperature difference between suction and discharge good e Check power voltage of the Is the operating voltage correct main power supply Rated voltage 10 e Check cable size of the power supply NOTE 2 e Check pipe length and refrigerant amount e Check operating Hz of compressor NEE 2 e Check abnormal sound in outdoor unit Is the operating pressure normal
109. 2 Operation from remote controller is not accepted and a check code is dis played on 7 segment display of the interface P C board of the header unit 7 segment Remote e display of Cause Countermeasures No response Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected indoor Set up addresses units are unset There is no header unit of group control Set Set up group address as sid group address Indoor unit power is not turned on Turn on the power again In order of indoor outdoor Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly i Correct cabling connected to the header unit Fig 1 Indoor outdoor cannot communicate before address setup There is none of outdoor terminal resistance or there are two or Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit more resistances Before address setup No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 ON Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only in one line When connecting indoor outdoor communication line between Correct cabling outdoor units under condition of connected communication line between outdoor units Fig 2 SWO08 setup error Turn all SW08 to OFF side E20 01 Address setup is performed with connecting indoor outdoor Correct cabling communication line between outdoor units Fig 3 Address setup is performed under condition of connecting between Correct cabling multiple refrigerant li
110. 2 sensor Open Short d07 AI NET l NO Is TC2 sensor connector CN101 Black on indoor P C board normally connected Correct connection of connector Are characteristics of TC2 sensor NO resistance value normal Replace TC2 sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See Characteristics 2 Check indoor main P C board Defect Replace m m LI LI 163 Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation F03 93 Indoor TC1 sensor error TC1 sensor Open Short d07 Al NET NO Is TC1 sensor connector CN100 Brown on indoor P C board normally connected Correct connection of connector YES Are characteristics of TC1 sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics Check indoor main P C board Defect Replace See Characteristics 2 Checkcode Checkcode Check code name Cause of operation F04 19 TD1 sensor error TD1 sensor Open Short d07 Al NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TD1 sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector TD1 sensor CN502 White and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation F05 A1 TD2 sensor error TD2 sensor Open Short d07 AI NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TD2 sensor Check disconnection of circuit for
111. 28 0kg Refrigerant amount to be recovered 37 5 28 0 9 5kg 3 For the unit which refrigerant has been recovered execute Outdoor Unit Backup Setup in another section All the work has finished Combination of outdoor units SE 238 13 3 Process after Repair After completion of the repair work perform vacuuming in the outdoor unit in the following procedure lt Work procedure gt 1 Short CN30 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit which repair work has completed to open PMV fully NOTE The full opening operation of PMV by CN30 short circuiting returns to full closing after 2 minutes To continue full opening status turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after CN30 short circuiting 2 Be sure to perform vacuuming from the following three check joints Liquid pipe discharge pipe and suction pipe Propeller fan Fan motor Sensor 9 TE1 CH Sensor TO Strainer Pulse motor valve PMV Solenoid valve N Sensor TS1 SV2 Capillary Strainer Capillary Solenoid valve Strainer Check valve Solenoid valve Check SV42 Solenoid valve Check joint Accumulator Compressor 1 Inverter Solenoid valve Solenoid o valve SV3B AAA Balance Liquid Gas pipe side side service service service valve valve valve 239 14 LEAKAGE CLOGGING OF OIL EQUALIZATION CIRCUIT Check code list fo
112. 3 U4 Is drain water of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation Is thermal insulation of pipes good Connecting pipes Branch kit Is not short circuit of discharge air in indoor outdoor units After airtight test for pipes are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed Are valves of all the outdoor units fully opened Liquid side Balance side Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C Follower unit D 90 e Check the additional amount of refrigerant lt Check list 2 gt Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant A by the pipe diam eter at liquid side and the pipe length to be connected and the corrective amount of refrigerant C by the system capacity Additional amount _ Actual liquid Additional amount of Corrective amount of of refrigerant pipe length refrigerant per liquid pipe 1m refrigerant by system capacity a E a a l A C Firstly enter the total length for each liquid pipe in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length lt Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length gt Era BCEE EES el well oe ul oe ue Caso ml e os ml e Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe k length A g Next refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant C by system capacity lt Corrective amount of refrigerant by system ca
113. 3 E Total indoor unit capacity code Below 6 4 4 HIT IT BY103 E Total indoor unit capacity code Over 6 4 below 14 2 be Y branch joint BY203 E Total indoor unit capacity code Over 14 2 below 25 2 BY303 E Total indoor unit capacity code Over 25 2 HY1043 E Max Total indoor unit capacity code Below 14 2 HY2043 E 4 branches Total indoor unit capacity code Over 14 2 below 25 2 Branch header HY 1083 E Total indoor unit capacity code Below 14 2 Max HY2083 E 8 branches Total indoor unit capacity code Over 14 2 below 25 2 The following 3 types of T joint pipes are collected as 1 set e Balance pipe 9 5 x1 SERA Ge e Pipe at liquid side Corresponded dia 9 5 to 22 2 x1 e Pipe at gas side Corresponded dia 015 9 to 38 1 x 1 In 1 line after header branch the maximum total capacity codes 6 0 can be connected The capacity code is indicated as HP equivalent For details refer to Selection of refrigerant pipe 10 E Indoor units MMU APOOSTH 009 type 1 2 MMU APOT21H 012type wesen ois ype 17 45 50 MMU APO181H_ 018tye 2 56 63 On ch 2 4 way Air Discharge i ww W MMU AP0247H unge 25 74 80 3 Cassette Type s mMu aPoz7i iw 3 f 8 0 0 MMU APO361H_ menge 4 n2 15 MMU AP0481H_ nne 5 140 160 MMU APOS61H_ enne 6 Lon 180 MMU APOO71WH 007ty e 08 22 25 01 A CMMU AP0151WH __O15type 17 45 50 2 way
114. 30 2 of the header unit except the smallest unit after check of trial operation Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded Dec When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the custom air conditioner are connected Are TCC LINK adaptors correctly connected When the digital inverter air conditioner operates with group operation twin or triple operation are the adopters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit NOTE The above figure does not show all the electric cables For details refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 89 lt Check list 1 gt e Using the Check list 1 check there is no trouble in the installation work Is capacity of the leak Outdoor total capacity a A breaker appropriate Is diameter of the power cable correct Is control communication line correct Is power of indoor units supplied collectively Is earth grounded Is insulation good Is the main power voltage good Is diameter of connecting pipe correct Is the branch kit correct Header unit A Indoor unit Ia Follower unit B Follower unit C Follower unit D Header unit A Indoor unit mm Follower unit B Follower unit C Follower unit D Indoor outdoor connection terminals U1 U2 Outdoor outdoor connection terminals U5 U6 Central control system connection terminals U
115. 3A Solenoid valve 1 Collects oil in the oil tank during OFF time 2 Supplies oil reserved in the oil tank during ON time 2 SV3B Connector CN313 Blue 1 Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor 3 SV3C Connector CN314 Black 1 Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil tank during ON time 4 SV3D Connector CN323 White 1 Reserves oil in the oil separator during OFF time and supplies oil during ON time 5 SV3E Connector CN323 White 1 Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector CN312 White 1 Low pressure release function 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time 6 SV2 7 SV4 n Start compensation valve of compressor Connector CN311 Blue 1 For gas balance start 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function Connector CN310 White for Heating model only 1 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation Connector CN317 Blue 1 Cooling heating exchange 2 Reverse defrost Connector CN300 301 White 1 Super heat control function in heating operation 2 Liquid line shut down function while follower unit stops 3 Sub cool adjustment function in cooling operation 8 SV5 4 way valve Pulse motor valve PMV1 2 Oil separator 1 Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil Decreases oil flowing to the cycle 2 Reserve function of surplus oil
116. 58 5 COMBINED REFRIGERANT PIPES SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 5 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H HES IT PMV1 PMV2 PMV 1 PMV2 TL Liquid tank NZ AAA IX LS Ir Balance pipe pL t a a Gas pipe a a oa E Sen ae Liquid pipe mae V v vV vV v vV v V A ri A CN A i A CN Indoor unit Eee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant C Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 59 5 2 Normal Operation HEAT Mode Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H Ka 4 Way valve 2 Pas Ps sensor Liquid tank d A d A s L Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Ka ry SCH KZ A A Gas pipe z mall Le mae _ Gas pipe a T Liquid pipe v A J Strainer Strainer Indoor unit ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 60 5 3 Emergent Operation Cooling
117. 7 4 09 4 71 4 13 4 75 4 16 4 77 4 79 4 20 4 82 4 24 4 84 4 26 4 86 4 28 4 84 4 26 4 86 4 28 4 90 4 32 4 92 4 94 38 9 39 1 39 3 39 5 42 42 4 90 4 32 4 92 4 34 4 94 4 36 44 4 4 96 44 6 498 4 39 44 8 9 8 2 Outdoor Unit E Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 4 41MPa 0 5 to 5V output with 0 to 4 41MPa Voltage check between CN500 and pins on the outdoor unit I F PC board Tester rod at pin side Pd Pd e Pd Pd we 0 39 0 42 0 43 0 44 0 44 0 45 0 46 0 46 0 47 0 48 0 48 Sr E 0 55 0 55 0 64 0 64 213 3 07 0 84 s 3 09 0 85 z 316 0 87 zg 318 0 88 za 3 20 0 88 an 3 22 3 24 0 90 ai 090 9 2 oo NO Oo 0 91 0 94 0 96 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 08 1 08 1 09 1 09 1 10 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 32 4 34 4 36 4 38 4 40 4 41 4 43 4 45 4 47 4 49 4 51 4 53 4 55 4 57 4 59 4 61 4 63 4 65 4 67 4 69 4 71 4 73 4 75 4 4 79 4 81 4 82 4 84 4 86 4 88 4 90 4 92 4 94 4 96 EI P Central control Main Sub Center remote controller Up to 2 units 3 Remote controller communication circuit 1 A Network adaptor Option Remote controller communication circuit ea 7 CPU H8 3039 Driver Outside Network adaptor P C board MCC 1401 Indoor control P C board MCC 1402
118. A Eg FFT TITTELIT ETTE 4 Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 11 1 rd are displayed Push the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more 5 rd FF are displayed Operation during pump down operation H ET Compressor stops Outdoor fan ON PMV1 and PMV2 open SV3A 3B 3C 3D 3E ON 234 6 Close fully the service valve of the gas pipe of the troubled outdoor unit approx 10 minutes after the system has started 7 Push the push SW04 of the troubled outdoor unit in order to display the pressure data MPa Every pushing SW04 the displayed data changes successively Display Example rd 11 Pd 1 20 _ Ps 1 20 Initial display High pressure Low pressure Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 8 For the outdoor units which are operating with pump down mode the outdoor unit having the least unit number is selected as the outdoor unit for adjustment of pressure Unit No While SW01 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 the number displayed on 7 segment display indicates the unit No U indicates the unit No Selection for outdoor units other than unit for adjustment of pressure and troubled unit 9 Keep only the service valve of balance pipe of the unit for pressure adjustment and the troubled unit fully opened and close fully the service valves of other outdoor unit balance pipes Setup for outdoor unit for adjustment of pressure 10 Set up the rotary S
119. DU P C board normal YES Check IPDU PC board Correct connector connection or cabling 172 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H04 44 Compressor 1 case thermo operation 1 Case thermo circuit error d07 Al NET I F P C board error Service valve closed Outdoor PMV clogging SV4 valve leak Coil misinstallation 4 way valve error Compressor error Refrigerant shortage H14 44 Compressor 2 case thermo operation d07 Al NET CON OOF WD Is case thermo circuit normal 1 Connector connection NO 2 Cabling Repair case thermo circuit 3 I F P C board Note 1 Note 1 1 Case thermo is usually closed 2 Operation temperature of case thermo is 120 C YES Are service valves of NO gas pipe and liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened Open service valves fully YES Are outdoor PMV1 2 normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 I F P C board NO Connector CN300 301 White Repair outdoor PMV YES Operation starts Are SV41 and Valve circuits normal 1 Misinstallation installation and connector connection of SV41 and SV42 2 Leakage from SV41 42 circuit NO SV4 valve Connector CN311 Blue Correct SV4 valve circuits YES Does not refrigerant YES bypass from discharge of suction through 4 way valve NO NO Is compressor no
120. Displays outdoor unit number U1 to U4 Displays check code Latest code only is displayed There is no check code There is sub code Check code for 3 seconds sub code for 1 second alternately lt SW04 gt push function Fan of unit with error only drives 7 segment A E1 lt SW04 SWO05 gt push function Fan of normal unit only drives 7 segment A E0 lt SW05 gt push function Interruption of fan operation function A a Operation mode A Stop Normal cooling C Normal heating H Normal defrost J Outdoor unit HP 5HP 5 GHP 6 8HP 8 10HP 10 12HP 12 B HP Compressor operation command A No 1 compressor operation command is displayed Data display with Hexadecimal notation 00 to FF No 2 compressor operation command is displayed Data display with Hexadecimal notation 00 to FF lt SW04 gt push function Inverter frequency is exchanged to decimal notation 7 segment display A B H Normal display by pushing lt SW05 gt Outdoor fan step FP B Step 0 to 31 0 to 31 Compressor backup A Displays No 1 compressor setup status Normal Backup setup C1 Displays No 2 compressor setup status Normal Backup setup C2 ES SECHER Aaen Sd eam Inn EECH ie a E esch ech ech esch ech NO 10 O 1 oO PMV1 PMV2 opening Displays opening data Decimal Total opening Oil level ju
121. H1 63H2 0 MG S LOCH S O I POIN HUN AOOPINO C HILSEEdVIN HLOSZd VIN HIE VZZd VIN HLO9LAdY YIN HLO Ed VIN AWW 3 PARTS RATING 3 1 Indoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type modi mmu Wen ozm os oem Senn ozm osom Fan motor SWF 230 60 1 Drain pump motor TOJ sensor Louver motor pane Weg mma o em em Louver motor panel 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Spe EDM B25VGTF 26 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type Type wd we mee mee ee Concealed Duct Standard Type Wedel wee mea mees e mae res Model MMD AP 0241BH 0271BH 0301BH 0361BH 0481BH 0561BH Fan motor ICF 280 120 1 ICF 280 120 2 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 TA sensor Lead wire length 618mm TC1 sensor CA size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 27 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type wa mee mer e es Ser mer Under Ceiling Type wi mes rer ma en ex en rer Lead wire length 155mm Vinyl tube High Wall Type wa we er mer mes mee me Sen Lead wire length 818mm Vinyl tube 28 Floor Standing Cabinet Type AF 200 10 4 AF 200 45 4 DEER Running condenser for fan motor AC450V 1 2uF AC400V 1 8uF AC450V 2uF Transformer TT13 Pul
122. I 1 TI J Balance pipe AEA at 3 D D D Wi 8 KE pipe B 1 Packed valve of balance pipe Open fully A Gas pipe 2 Packed valve at liquid side Close fully D 3 Service valve open fully at gas side gt Close fully 10 minutes after operation start Gas pipe a Indoor unit ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Ss Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 63 6 CONTROL OUTLINE 6 1 Indoor Unit 6 1 1 Control Specifications EL Outline of specifications Remarks Power supply Distinction of outdoor unit is reset When the power supply is reset the outdoor units are distinguished and control is exchanged according to the distinctive results 2 Check code clear When the power supply is reset the check code is also reset once If an abnormal status which the check code appears after Start Stop button of the remote controller has been pushed continues the check code is displayed again on the remote controller Operation 1 Based upon the operation select command from the remote Concealed duct type air select controller or central controller the operation mode is se conditioner cannot operate lected for drying Room temp 1 Adjustment range Set temperature on remote controller C
123. K1 sensor resistance value 03 TK3 sensor error We Open Short e Check outdoor PC board I F error 04 TK4 sensor error All stop e Resistance value of e Check connection of TK2 sensor connector sensor is infinite or Zero e Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value Open Short e Check outdoor PC board I F error Open Short e Check outdoor PC board I F error All stop e Resistance value of e Check connection of TK4 sensor connector sensor is infinite or Zero e Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value Open Short e Check outdoor PC board I F error H14 H14 44 I F Compressor 2 All stop Compressor 2 case e Check compressor 2 case thermo circuit Connector cable P C board case thermo thermostat operated e Check full opening of service valve Gas and liquid side operation e Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 e Check SV42 valve leak e Check miscabling misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 e Check valve opening of indoor PMV e Check 4 way valve error e Check refrigerant shortage e Check compressor error H16 H16 01 TK1 oil circuit Oil level detective All stop Temperature change of e Check TK1 sensor coming off system error circuit system TK1 could not be detected e Check characteristics of TK1 sensor resistance value 02 TK2 oil circuit error though compressor 1 e Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection system error MG SW error started the operation WE operation error of
124. LK N nokako for afoofrey ref free eN N ZN ZN ZN ZN ATS A IN ZN ZN ZAIN ZAIN Z A el A A ZN A A AIS el el Opee TAN circuit CN082 apap PMN BLU 1 DI CNo75 CNO61 CN032 CN060 OOO JJ 1 J pwn DEL WHI WHI irete K2X3K4X5X6 T10 Fan drive Option Fuse Fuse 43F 1 Fan motor control relay Float switch I POIN HL8r0dVY HI9EOdV HLZZOdY HLrz0dY HL8LOdV AWIN adA_ INSS ld 9181S UD ONG p je suoy S L Z 6L Option TA TG TC2 TC1 oH i 8 8 8 je EM A Soh LSL bit DIL at cNogs geen CN0S3 Aen MA H i H i BE RS CO XA ALLAL LLE LALER g gfeoeieoc iocffeee Fan motor inside E H CNO30 CN104 CN102 CN101 CN100 wiring diagram RED YEL RED BLK BRW CNo80 s PNL FS GRN CN073 D RED TS EXCT cno70 D WHI 42 FILTER Motor over heating 2 S Control P C board CL protection switch for Indoor unit CNo81 i MCC 1403 BLK o AC IN D 5 few TE a R T5 0A 250V OO Oi VG G Eent I BLK EEEN Color n CN082 A et K id Pal indication b14 CNO66 Power supply BLU hI EE PY WHI circuit Ome OM RED RED CN044 CN040 CN041 CNo75 CNO61 CN032 CNO60 1X1 6X6 WHI WHITE BRW BLU BLU E ER RN WA eee eae WHI E assy YEL YELLOW XA PIA MALS CNo74 X Kl ULLI DIS te DS CLLK te BLU BLUE LZ X38 rc WHI OX Il O keKs x4 5X5 FAN OPTION Bieepaee Wow Wi
125. NO Abnormal sound etc of compressor and others YES Is the operating current normal Check temperature load in indoor outdoor YES 110 NOTE 1 Criterion for difference between suction and discharge temperature 1 Cooling After operation for minimum 30 minutes with COOL mode if there is the dry bulb temperature difference Temperature difference 8 C or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit In Max Hz operation 2 Heating After operation for minimum 30 minutes with HEAT mode if there is the dry bulb temperature difference Temperature difference 15 C or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit In Max Hz operation Consider that the temperature difference temperature difference may diminish in cases of system in which the connected indoor capacity exceeds 100 a long pipe length a large difference NOTE 2 Criterion for operating power current For a test operation All the indoor units operate it is normal when the power current is under the following values NOTE 3 Criterion for cycle status 1 Refrigerating cycle under standard condition The refrigerating cycle under standard cooling and heating condition is as follows 10HP 5HP MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP0501H Cool standard Heat standard Cool standard Heat standard Pressure wall 211 29 28 25 eer MPa f remm aa sp a a Discharge tm s SSCS Suction TSH 6 3 16 6 Pipe surface temp C Indoor
126. O Indoor unit BL Ur Pe BLK Outdoor OG PM H O Interface Control P C Board CN504 2X2 TS1 i eg WHI 47979 GRY He ni THe orso D I RY503 MCC 1429 Wen en ES 5 ssa Ke o CN311 BLU pL yb XJ Central t o0 PMW H O Zeie ee RY502 SH cns05 e e TE1 Taz 00 O GRN DO BLK nee K Al Keel KC CN310 WHI Sch PM H O en T R K g r TRA 5X II S D DOSS WH cnge5 d r K GL ORNI JORN E O Comp1 X CN18 CN17 LE L BLU BLK WHI RED BLK Sirsa 00 00 CN514 Fee TK1 ch 4 li OO PY H O BLK oom BLK HOG oe 1 dH SS y ONT 23 4 ON1 2 3 4 ONT 2 3 4 ONT 2 3 4 T GDL cro 1E arsos oO CopC0 Coco Con GEN onsa EOL ee BE sw ewe Ss Smia GRN oo euer g B Y O 4 N A as d ee LE leror d ONT 234 ONT 2 3 4 ONT IONT 2 3 4 ONT 2 3 4 P NBLU BLK Clube e p g og Pa Pagg Pag vue EP i ES ONSIS YEL BLUP DATE Swo7_ Swos SWoo SW10 RED 7p 4p qBLU BLK I BLU EE Sol EL crs UE o ous 00 O CN523 PY JE CN314 BLK Birtz rn S E RN i OH OH CH YEL oo BLK SJ GRN oa SW04 SW05 SW06 T KALF H D H H H WHI 44X74 WHI P ex ex ae Noise filter Color CN316 WHI pw a aTi i indication La 99 a Pan Pe SH D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 SA Se Option ue RED RED GC S 0 Swo1 SW02 SW03 007 ae WHI WHITE Jui A e moult YEL YELLOW 00 L aan S E BLK BLACK GE O T Heater La GRY GRAY SS RY518 RY510 Pre PNK PINK
127. PDU communication All stop Communication of each IPDU PC e Check connection of communication connector and error board in inverter box interrupted disconnection between IPDU and I F PC board e Check outdoor PC board I F IPDU Fan IPDU error e Check external noise e Check power supply PC board for fan error IPDU2 error IPDU1 2 errors Fan IPDU error Indoor TCU sensor Corresponding Resistance value of sensor is infinite or Check connection cabling of TCJ sensor connector error unit only stops zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TCJ sensor resistance value e Check indoor PC board error Wu IPDU1 Fan IPDU error IPDU2 Fan IPDU error All IPDU error or communication error between IPDU and I F P C board or outdoor I F PC board error FO1 F02 Indoor TC2 sensor Corresponding Resistance value of sensor is infinite or e Check connection cabling of TC2 sensor connector error unit only stops zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TC2 sensor resistance value e Check indoor PC board error F03 Indoor TC1 sensor Corresponding Resistance value of sensor is infinite or Check connection cabling of TC1 sensor connector error unit only stops zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TC1 sensor resistance value e Check indoor PC board error F04 F04 TD1 sensor error All stop e Resistance value of sensor is infinite or Check conne
128. Procedure to Search the Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage Are balance pipes of all the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit opened fully YES Is there no coming off miscabling or incorrect installation on sensors of the unit of which compressor has been replaced YES Is TK1 TK2 TK3 or TK4 sensor characteristics of the unit of which compressor has been replaced correct YES NO Open valve of the balance pipe fully Correct miscabling or incorrect NO installation at sensor installation TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 NO Sensor error gt Exchange Check oil equalization circuit in the following procedure under condition that the compressor is removed Check items and procedure for the oil equalization circuit under condition that the compres sor is removed Check of refrigerant stagnation cause in compressor Check of oil shortage cause in compressor Outdoor PMV leakage Check valve leakage of main discharge pipe Check valve leakage of discharge pipe Check valve leakage of oil equalization circuit SV3A valve leakage SV3B valve clogging SV3E valve clogging Clogging of oil return capillary SV3D valve capillary clogging Clogging of oil return capillary 1 Press nitrogen gas in from check joint of liquid pipe and check pressure at check joint of discharge pipe If pressure of check joint of discharge pipe becomes high le
129. TION 2 CHOME 12 32 KONAN MINATOKU TOKYO 108 0075 JAPAN
130. TO S Li i BA FILE NO A03 009 SERVICE MANUAL HFC Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit lt 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type gt MMU AP0091H AP0121H AP0151H Cooling Only Model MMU AP0181H AP0241H AP0271H MMU AP0301H AP0361H AP0481H MMU AP0561H MMY MAP0501T8 MAP0601T8 lt 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type gt MMY MAP0801T8 MAP1001T8 MMU AP0071WH AP0091WH AP0121WH MMY MAP1201T8 MMU AP0151WH AP0181WH AP0241WH MMU AP0271WH AP0301WH SUPER MODULAR MULTI lt Inverter Unit gt MMU AP0481WH CHINA market only Heat Pump Model lt 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type gt lt Inverter Unit gt MMU AP0071 YH AP0091 YH AP0121 YR MMU AP0151SH AP0181SH AP0241SH VTA OC TS Ua MMY MAP0801HT8 MAP1001HT8 lt Concealed Duct Standard Type gt MMY MAP1201HT8 MMD AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH MMD AP0151BH AP0181BH AP0241BH MMD AP0271BH AP0301BH AP0361BH MMD AP0481BH AP0561BH Heat Pump Model lt Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type gt lt Inverter Unit gt MMD AP0181H AP0241H AP0271H MMY MAP0501HT7 MAPO601HT7 MMD AP0361H AP0481H APO721H MMY MAP0801HT7 MAP1001HT7 MMD AP0961H MMY MAP1201HT7 lt Under Ceiling Type gt MMC AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H MMC AP0271H AP0361H AP0481H lt High Wall Type gt MMK AP0071H AP0091H AP0121H MMK AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H lt Floor Standing Cabinet Type gt MML AP0071H AP0091H AP0121H MML AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H lt Floor Standing Conceal
131. To confirm the alarm history other than the latest one push temp set 01 to 04 GROUP 5 To confirm the alarm in the other group push and Ca C gt to select the group number Do not push button because all the alarm histories of the currently selected group are deleted II to select Item code 6 To finish the service check push button Unit No display Alarm display UNIT No AN J D D Pn l l Alternate flashing display 0 IL R C No 134 In case of AI NET central control remote controller 1 Operation for CHECK display When pushing the CHECK switch the indoor unit No Network address No including the check data is displayed in the UNIT No display section and the check code is displayed in the set up temp display section CHECK switch Push for 0 5 seconds to display CHECK code MONITOR ZONE DO DO ON CENTER AUX TYPE i STANDBY SET AL OO ur DD OFF LOCKED TIMERNo UI FILTER 1234567 8 910111213141516 MODE CFAN TEMP CHECK Pow TOTO TENEI rig C 2 UO HEAT LOW Ge AUTO FIX MANUAL MONITORISET ALUZONE ZONE UNIT ON ee FIEMP JFILTER RESET CHECK D ZONE SETENTER SELECT OFF TIMER O SR E A WW Push for 3 seconds to reset indoor microprocessor While indoor microprocessor is locked by ALL STOP alarm Push for 10 seconds to clear check data RESET switch Push the switch in the hole with pin The remote controller resets initialized All data is cleared 2 Readi
132. V41 and SV42 valve coils installed reversely 2 Is there no leakage through SV42 circuit NO Correct installation of valve coil Replace SV42 valve YES NO Is not an indoor unit of different g Correct cabling f ted E Check with miscabling check YES function of outdoor unit Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage Check there is no pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant 197 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P19 08 4 way valve operation error 1 4 way valve error d07 Al NET 2 TS1 sensor TE1 sensor error 3 Pd sensor Ps sensor error 4 TE sensor TL sensor misconnection Sub code Detected outdoor unit No Is 4 way valve coil NO Correct connector connection connector connected 4 way valve coil CN317 YES Correct connector connection TS1 sensor CN504 Are TS1 TE1 Pd Ps sensor TE1 sensor CN505 connectors connected Z O Pd sensor CN501 YES Ps sensor CN500 a NO Are characteristics of resistance value of TS1 and TE1 sensors normal Replace sensor YES NO Are output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps sensors normal Replace sensor YES Are connection and installation of TE1 and TL sensors correct YES Correct connection and installation If an error did not occur Z O Reset the power supply and start heating test operation Does not discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4
133. W01 02 03 to 1 2 2 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for adjustment of pressure 11 As the low pressure data is displayed on 7 segment display section close the service valves of the gas pipe slowly by confirming by confirming the pressure data and then adjust so that the pressure becomes around 0 12MPa 12 When the low pressure of the troubled outdoor unit has become almost same as that of the unit for pressure adjust ment close fully the service valve of the gas pipe of the unit for pressure adjustment after operation for a while Setup for the troubled outdoor unit 13 When the low pressure of the troubled outdoor unit becomes below 0 10MPa close fully service valve of the balance pipe and then push SW05 on the interface PC board to finish the pump down operation 14 Turn off the power supplies of all the outdoor units and use a refrigerant recovery device to recover the remaining refrigerant in the outdoor unit which the pump down operation has completed Be sure to measure the recovered refrigerant amount It is because addition of refrigerant corresponding to recovered amount is necessary after repair 6 Close fully service valve of the gas pipe approx 10 minutes after the system has started 9 Close fully balance pipes of the outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and unit with trouble 8 An outdoor unit having the least unit number is selected as the outdoor uni
134. Wireless remote controller Namrerote Outdoor 7 segment display controller display Sensor block display Judging AI NET central of receiving unit Check code name device control display E Timer Ready Flash ol ae EAR o A e NJ Tre E NJ Cee e E a a a o ar er Te C e o f e a a o EE ERESCR Cow o SO e Ja a ofw iewe C e o f e a a o AT oer RESCR Ce e oo mt A ronse reor Ce e e OLA eewo EES ba Comp 2 88 Pov Compressor break down IPDU Magnet switch error MG SW Overcurrent relay operation Overcurrent relay Compressor error lock IPDU 02 Comp 2 side B m 01 Comp 1 side Current detect circuit system error IPDU Comp 1 case thermo operation I F Low pressure protective operation Oil level down detective protection Oil level detective temp sensor error I F 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error 01 TKI oil circuit system error Oil level detective circuit error I F 02 TK2 oil circuit system error H16 H16 03 TK3 oil circuit system error d7 Magnet switch error MG SW 04 TK4 oil circuit system error Overcurrent relay operation Overcurrent relay Duplicated indoor units with priority Displayed on indoor unit with priority Duplicated indoor units with priority ao No of indoor units with priority Gan ee zs Displayed in unit other than indoor unit with priority Group line in individual indoor unit i e ere Ee K
135. X2 Option 220 240V 50Hz oa KN SESE 220V 60Hz l l WHI LAA RED SR E L En A P LBE 7X NI S CC oe RED 5 A di FAN YAY W cn We NWN eN VAY VY_N amp CN083 WHI 000000000 GL LL LGL GL LO V4 Li Li Li Li gt CN304P 4 oz GRY bd E 005 e BA Flow selector unit earth screw aes a Na 1 2X3 NARI ae X3X4X5 NAKA ARAN ZINA Closed end connector EB UA Line Filter NA ao a MCC 1401 RED Outdoor unit Remote controller O FS O LM aaa am FS GRN HA 43 RED CNO33 1 X2X3 CNO30 Power supply circuit CNO75 WHI vA Zig Zi CNo61 YEL EUREN Leed RETTEN VEL A S EE board MCC 1520 Lei We we we W BA LSLS cro a X2X3X4X5 X6 WHI EEE A UU UA HU TR 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 E indicates the control P C board Ee Indoor control P C board 0000900 GEO Lei We we We KR NI PMV 2 31 ATS 16 BLU USA FE CNO82 cn104 114 YEL aor WD VV aN TA cn102A1X1 RED Payot omy Ee ECU GE Reg BLK 2X2 o CN100 VG BRW erer GE WAKA 1 CN080 PS GRN p2dPNL CNO73 ewer RED 2 CNO70 LL Fiter WHI GGHEEN ra BLK LS CNO32 CNO60 O WHI WHI JS D 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 ALMA aAa VE Ve d Ve Vd eg Vd Fan drive Opti
136. Y005 007 Fan motor control relay Pulse motor valve K 33 on a et NEEN Gs LE LE ix De Lem Ley Lem Le Lem Le Lem en Zem Le ey Le EEN Le Le Le Lem E E 0000000 VULLE UL VAA AA AAA Ad VAAAA AA AALS AR INI AE AT AT A A E E E A E E A A A A AP AP AP A A A A AP AP A A A A A AAP APA A A A A A y 4 y V 4 4 D 4 For AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH 7 Pa bi P lt yA Cem N AR S kd 3X3 vd ch W CN041 BLU JAR NA JAR Act Network adapter Option RED ka b ssegen Flow selector p L NN na Eat screw NON INA Z I I Closed end MCC 1401 RED connector WHI Indoor unit earth screw d d A A S2 Power supply Remote Controller single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz 1 O Indicates the terminal bolock Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side 3 indicate the control p c board a e by YEL o0 E Sec O FAN JREDIBLIIORNIBLUIYEL SEN cnos3 ox LC SL IG DO croes DO IS 00 O SCH Po T5 0A 250V WHI GLL cNo74 DE IS WHI 1X Y3 Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GREEN A P3 CNo33 Le Kee T ToL CRN 000W00 g kl i i S Control PC board for undoor unit MCC 1403 GL E OS DE bat kb S o NO y g ro m 4 D Pow
137. ader outdoor unit U1 SMC Cooling Mode Select switch 7 2 2 4 External master ON OFF control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Procured locally Operation The outdoor unit starts or stops the system Terminal Fetz Operation coo ON a SMC Starts collectively indoor units OFF Heat ON SMH Stops collectively indoor units OFF The control contents are accepted during trailing of the input signal The status of trailing should be held for 100m sec or more NOTES 1 Do not turn on COOL and HEAT terminals concurrently 2 Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Outside signal No voltage pulse contact External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 SMH Heating Mode Select switch 86 7 2 2 5 Night Operation Control Operation The noise decreases in the night Terminal Inputsignal Operation Night Sound reduction operation control Header outdoor unit interface P C board CN508 4P RED Connection cable External master OFF control board gt Usual operation The control contents are accepted during leading and trailing of the input signal The status of leading and trailing should be held for 100mm sec or more Capacity criterion during night operation control Capacity during control indicates values as described in the following table Nig
138. akages from outdoor PMV and check valve of main discharge pipe are considered Exchange the parts If the pressure up is not found open outdoor PMV fully and recheck pressure If pressure of check joint of discharge pipe becomes high leakage from check valve of main discharge pie is considered Exchange the parts When gas leaks from welded part of oil equalization pipe where compressor has been removed under condition that nitrogen gas is pressed in from check joint of main discharge pipe leakage from check valve of main discharge pipe is considered Exchange the parts When gas leaks from welded part of oil equalization pipe where compressor has been removed under condition that nitrogen gas is pressed in from check joint of discharge pipe leakage from check valve of oil equalization circuit is considered Exchange the parts Open SV3B valve manually under condition that nitrogen gas is pressed in from check joint of discharge pipe When gas leaks from welded part of suction pipe where compressor has been removed SV3A valve leakage is considered Exchange the parts Next open SV3A valve and SV3B valve manually If gas leaks from welded part of suction pipe where compressor has been removed SV3A valve leakage is considered Exchange the parts Open SV3E valve manually under condition that nitrogen gas is pressed in from check joint of discharge pipe When gas does not output from welded part of suction pipe where compressor has been rem
139. allation manual attached to the ceiling panel Be careful to handle the sensor section because cables are connected to the sensor section Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap 1 screw 2 Change Bit 1 TEST of the switch S003 on the sensor P C board from OFF to ON Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel Turn on power of the air conditioner 3 Push _ __ button of the wireless remote controller and select an operation mode COOL or HEAT with _ amp _ button All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor section flash during the test operation e Do not use operation mode other than COOL or HEAT e Error is detected as usual Ki S003 Bit 1 OFF gt ON 4 When the test operation has finished push _ _ button to stop the operation 5 Turn off power of the air conditioner Change Bit 1 of the switch S003 on the sensor P C board from ON to OFF Attach the adjust corner cap with Adjust corner cap sensors to the ceiling panel Sensor cover lt Test operation from outdoor unit gt Refer to 8 7 2 Function of Start Stop the Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in 8 7 Service Support Function NOTE The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes have passed 108 In case of wireless remote controller Turn on power of the air conditioner 1 The operation is not accepted for 5
140. alve error e Check refrigerant shortage e Check full opening of service valve Gas and liquid side e Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 e Check SV41 circuit and SV42 circuit error e Check low pressure Ps sensor error e Check indoor air filter clogging e Check valve open of indoor PMV e Check refrigerant pipe clogging e Check outdoor fan operation In heating mode e Check refrigerant shortage lt Check all the outdoor units in the corresponding line gt e Check full opening of service valve of balance pipe e Check connection and installation of TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 sensors e Check characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 resistance values e Check gas leak and oil leak in the same line e Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor e Check error of SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D and SV3E valves e Check clogging of oil separator oil return circuit e Check clogging of oil equation circuit MG SW OCR Magnet Switch Over current Relay Lvl Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display _ 7 segment Outdoor 7 segment display _ Al NET EE Check code name Error detection condition Check item position remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller 01 TK1 sensor error d4 I F Oil level detective All stop e Resistance value of e Check connection of TK1 sensor connector 02 TK2 sensor error temp sensor error sensor is infinite or zero je Check characteristics of T
141. amount in the service compressor gt e Adjust oil amount by the contents below Based on oil amount of troubled compressor A cc and oil amount of normal compressor B cc 1 In case of the total oil amount of the compressors A B cc is 0 lt A B lt 2000 1 Adjust oil amount in the two service compressors to 1000cc each Total 2000cc e Lay down the two service compressors and then extract oil by 900 cc from each oil equalization pipe NOTE e Do not extract oil over 900 cc because a trouble may be caused on the compressor e If oil amount of the troubled compressor is below 500cc a trouble on the oil equalization circuit etc is considered Check the compressor based upon 15 3 Check procedure search the cause of com pressor oil shortage 2 In case of total oil amount A B cc is 2000 lt A B lt 3800 1 Adjust oil amount in the two service compressors to SC cc each e Lay down the two service compressors and then extract oil by SEET cc from each oil equalization pipe 3 In case of total oil amount of the compressors A B cc is 3800 lt A 1 Adjust oil amount in the two service compressors to E cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the service compressor and then add oil by KS B 14900 Hee using a funnel or so on 245 lt Installation of compressor gt e Install the compressor in the reverse procedure of removal e When removing
142. ant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned power ON on only in one line Transmission circuit error at interface side Replace the interface P C board P C board failure After address setup communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of indoor outdoor indoor units interrupted under condition that a communication line Communication line between normal operation can be performed header unit and the leading indoor unit Check influence of communication noise No of connected outdoor units decreased Correct of cause of error occurrence e When setting outdoor backup e If it occurred when setting backup clear the error e The power of follower unit is not turned on after setup finish e If the power of follower unit is not turned on turn on the power Duplication of outdoor line addresses Modify line address setup of the header unit e Line address setup error occurred after connec between lines Set up SW 13 and 14 on the tion between U1 Us and Us Us connectors interface P C board Duplicated of indoor units with priority Set up priority to only one indoor unit There are two or more indoor units set up with priority Address setup error Set up address again e Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are undefined L05 Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority L06 Displayed on the indoor unit except one set up with priority 104 8 5
143. as Symbol Portsname EM S Fan motor motor Running capacitor ssid capacitor TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ I POIN HS LvVZO0dV HSL8LOdY HSLS LOdYV NNWIN Ll ee es 4X4 D Ns ee D es eS D es CoG MARD NN HN Sts HY Q X23 PET OETA FS a Na KAKA AAA Q 00000 WEG ERGOE CN33 SX DU CN34 ON E eg ON Ce N At o ll 3Y Y5 AZAN NN Laf Lee gt lt P lt VAN BLU V7 Lem Lee Lee Lee WHI Pn Lee Le RED JL GL KS 800686 0006 oo0 if L4 Ke cn104A1 X14 E TA Motor drive Ole eee Woe circult vi Cen SARAD BLU pepo AA KS KAN e Le TG ng Min Indoor control PC board BLK 12X27 Fuse myn TC2 T3 15A U OO oDC20V CN100 pele TE Power BRN pA ARRO 250V oDC15V PPS CVV SUPP YY L oDC12V 3X3 TC1 circuit sDC7V CC CN80 F n GRN 422 CN73 o EXCT E RED Reactor Cl RED o CN44 CN40 CN41 CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 CN70 0 WHI o wri BRW 2 BLU YEL WHI YEL WHI WHI BLK BLU WHI MI Indoor unit LU LU VIN ANI VIN aN aN W a NI VIN SaN aW N N VGN Ne SW N eNA aN iY WAN Le W zen Wl sn W N eN ANI CIN SNWN aW We N VIN SaN aW NY N e PRK SC LS DIS it ts DISI IaIel TULLU GXIA Cikerstarsxe hers rays Akers tars D Flow selector GX X GX X3 Fan drive Signal output Earth screw unit earth i i ooi screw A pert ie cea ITE a I Indoor unit power supply j l SE i Single phase i i d 220 240V 50Hz d o
144. as leaks in the room poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit When the equipment is moved or repaired be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover ing device The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused After repair work surely assemble the disassembled parts and connect and lead the removed cables as before Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner cables If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s side N WARNING Insulator check Ventilation AN Be attentive to electric shock Compulsion Check after rerair Check after reinstallation Put on gloves Cooling check After the work has finished be sure to use an insulation tester set 500V mugger to check the resistance is 2MQ or more between the charge section and the non charge metal section Earth position If the resistance value is low a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s side When the refrigerant gas leaks during work execute ventilation If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire poisonous gas generates A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous becau
145. asures remote controller display E19 00 Outdoor power is formerly turned on Turn on the power again In order of Indoor Outdoor There is none of outdoor terminal resistance or Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit there are two or more resistances No connection between multiple refrigerant lines After address setup SW30 bit 20N Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only in one line After address was decided all the Check and modifies disconnection of indoor outdoor indoor units do not correctly response communication line Communication line between after power ON in outdoor unit center unit and the leading indoor unit Check influence of communication noise Address setup error Set up address again e Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined e The outdoor line address and the line addresses in all indoor units do not match e The indoor addresses are duplicated Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated e A header unit is not set up in a group Except group displaying E04 Duplication of indoor addresses Set up address again Address No in which sub code of the check code are duplicated There is none of outdoor terminal Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit resistance or there are two or more No connection between multiple refrigerant lines resistances l SW30 bit 20N EE Ge al Connection between multiple refriger
146. ates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of N DANGER ger causing jury the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the A N WARNING repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage may be caused on the b CAUTION _ repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Property damage Enlarged damage concerned to property furniture and domestic animal pet Explanation of illustrated marks Explanation Indicates prohibited items Forbidden items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents Indicates mandatory items Compulsory items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents Indicates cautions including danger warning The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents Confirmation of warning label on the main unit Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram Outdoor unit If removing the label during parts replace stick it as the or
147. board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Is power voltage of NO 1 outdoor unit norma vi 380 415V 10 YES Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts Correct power line Z O lt m o Is not it an abnormal overload Correct cause of overload Correct power ine Does OCR of MG SW operate Ke NO Eros on IPDU P C board normal or wiring YES NO Is there no refrigerant stagnation Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell in compressor shell Is case heater output normal NO Check case heater NO Operation starts NO Is compressor normal 2 Compressor error YES Check IPDU PC board 2 Check the following items mainly 1 Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting 2 Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time Never touch with hands 3 Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time No varied change of current change 3 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor TO2 of Comp IPDU is correct or not 171 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H03 17 Current detective circuit system error 1 Cabling or connector connection error on d07 Al NET IPDU PC board 2 IPDU PC board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Wiring or connector connection on IP
148. c pressure Exchange the lead wire of arrow Fuse for fan motor the wiring at side Y position after check the terminal number as figure 43F1 43F2 Fan motor control relay 3 indicate the control p c board and lead wire s color of fan motor Drain pump motor Sold separately 4 When installing the drain pump connector 6 When midifiy the high tap to care the static pressure are Float switch the froat switch connector to CNO30 connector differ by 50Hz or 60Hz I POIN HL 960dY HLZZ0dV ANIN 0c TV VV av Eegen ZAZNAN GEIER 0300090 ONNENN NTN PSS NI N VS ell ll VE ed gt CN Ce l val Es wal i i Lef Lem Lee Lee Late Yan Lem Lee Lee Lafe Lee 1X23 T4X5X6 CN82 QLISH CN33 LI 1831 CN34 1 Y2Y3Y4 5X6 BLU 12X345 WHI VN RED V ZN ZN ZA ZN ZN D D ZN ZN ZN ZN d 12X3 cN104 DD GER YEL aor OND T A Saa A CNDS AL RED Payot aa PIN TC Indoor control P C board can ALL TER BLK 2X2 F DC20V Lee 2 cy D s ee circuit sDG7V BRW 2K os Zem tem Ch SKI TCi Flow selector unit earth screw CN80 Es Indoor unit 2 PNL BLU CN73 0 EXCT Earth screw RED 5 oo hs RED WHI GIS RED E AV Closed end QL WHD Viren terminal LIAN A CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 W ZAN Zaemer 3 YED WHI YEL WHI WHI BLK BLU i h D VIN Ne a We a We N VUN aN aW a W pe W AN ke We aN Je We Ne an W A We pr W AN Je We W cn W A We N ke we We aW We N 200 240 5
149. case SV3A 3B 3D 3C 3E valve error Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator Clogging of oil equation circuit system Are balance pipe valves of all outdoor units in same line fully opened NO Open balance pipe valves fully reset power supply and start operation YES Are TK1 TK2 TK3 and Correct miswiring and misinstallation TK4 sensors of the error detected NO TK1 CN514 unit correctly connected TK2 CN515 Is there no sensor detached TKS CN516 or misinstallation TK4 CN523 YES Are characteristics of TK1 to TK4 NO Sensorerror gt Replace Sensor error Replace S 3 of error detected unit normal a Characteristic YES Check gas leak of all outdoor units YES Specify gas leak position and repair it in the same line and check soaked oil Recharging refill oil No error Check refrigerant stagnation NO 1 Check leakage of valves YES SV3A SV3C and clogging SV3B SV3E Replace faulty part Refrigerant stagnation No leakage or clogging Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor reset power supply and start the operation Check clogging of SV3D valve No choke 2 Check clogging of oil return circuit YES from oil separator Capillary tube strainer Replace faulty part Check clogging of solenoid valves SV3A SV3C YES Ee Check oil level judgment of each unit of all outdoor units in the same line 3 eplace faulty part 7 segment display w
150. ce P C board errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared lt Method gt 1 Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units 2 Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit If the power is turned on in reverse order a check code E19 No of header unit error is output NOTE After power reset it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communication of the system In same cases it requires Max 10 minutes 119 8 7 4 Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system using switches on the interface PC board of the header unit lt Distinction procedure gt PowerON 32 L Be sure turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit Set the display select switches on the interface P C board of 7 segment display the header unit as follows A SW01 gt 2 A1 SW02 gt 4 Operation sw03 gt DI Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the 7 segment display header unit for 2 seconds or more A A A1 FF display of the connected remote controller flashes Push the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the l Check the connected remote controller header unit for 2 seconds or more End Other end conditions 1 1
151. central control devices Before address setup During setup of address Remote Remote controller controller Individual Header unit Follower unit Header unit After address setup A B A B A B Remote Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller controller Individual Group Outdoor interface e e Setup at shipment SW13 14 Setup is 2 Setup is 3 Refrigerant line address unnecessary unnecessary SW30 2 Terminal end resistance _ ON Setup is OFF after Setup is OFF after ON of indoor outdoor communi unnecessary FEIER unnecessary ECCERE cation line central control communication line Connect short Connect short Connect short Relay connector after Open after Open after Open address setup address setup address setup Indoor side Automatic setup Refrigerant line address 1 Indoor unit address 1 Group address Relay connector Never connect a relay connector until address setup for all the refrigerant lines finishes otherwise address cannot be correctly set up 96 Manual address setup from remote controller In case to decide an address of the indoor unit prior to finish of indoor cabling work and unpracticed outdoor cabling work Manual setup from remote controller Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set to 1 by 1 Turn on the power Wiring example in 2 lines 2 weie seg ee 2 1 Line address gt 1 1 1 2 Indoor address gt 1 2 3 2
152. cessor may be caused due to condition of the power supply or the external noise If there is any noise source change wires of the remote controller and signal wires to shield wires 128 9 2 Check Method On the remote controller Main remote controller Central control remote controller and the interface P C board of the outdoor unit a check display LCD Remote controller or 7 segment display on the outdoor interface P C board to display the operation is provided Therefore the operation status can be known Using this self diagno sis function a trouble or position with trouble of the air conditioner can be found as shown in the table below Check code list The following list shows each check code Find the check contents from the list according to part to be checked e In case of check from indoor remote controller See Main remote controller display in the list e In case of check from outdoor unit See Outdoor 7 segment display in the list e In case of check from AI NET central control remote controller See AI NET central control display in the list e In case of check from indoor unit with wireless remote controller See Sensor block display of receiving unit in the list IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit O Lighting amp Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Wireless remote contr
153. circuit Display TCJ sensor Sensors Display 4 Float input None for Concealed Duct Outside signal input circuit circuit Transformer Ut U2 communication Outdoor unit L St Indoor Outdoor Power supply 1 200 240V 50Hz Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 220V 60Hz 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 wireless remote controller kits are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 2 le 3 ERR egAt Bbulpueis 10014 odAt payeadu04y Hulpuels 10044 sd L 3U1qeN Hulpuejs 10044 adAL a1neseaid 911e1S YIH nq pejeadu04y Power Power supply supply Outdoor Outdoor unit unit 3 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed 4 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed Floor standing adAL yp sses abieyosig sly Aem adAL y sses sbieyosig Im Aem z gt 5 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type Sle In case of Al NETWORK Indoor unit 1 Network adaptor Option Network adaptor Remote PC board controller communication MCC 1401 circuit Central control Option None Duct t Main Sub Center remote controller Weekly timer driver Function setup i Function setup Remote controller JIET Secondary circuit batter Indoor control P C board MCC 1402 Driver Outside
154. ck joint by pressure gauge 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F PC board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor itself is considered If 2 and 3 are different check interface P C board NO Check compressor Value can be confirmed by 7 segment display function on outdoor I F P C board Pd SW01 02 03 1 1 2 Ps SW01 02 03 1 2 2 Are Pd Ps output values Pd gt Ps during compressor operation YES Check outdoor I F P C board Defect Replace 167 Check code name code name Check code name Cause of operation F23 43 Ps sensor error Output voltage error of Ps sensor d07 Al NET Is connection of Ps sensor NO l connector correct Correct connection of connector YES Connector CN500 White Are output voltage characteristics NO of Ps sensor normal Sensor error YES 1 Pressure Check joint by pressure gauge 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F P C board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor itself is considered If 2 and 3 are different check interface P C board Check compressor Is not refrigerant by passed from discharge to suction of 4 way valve Is there no leakage from SV4 valve YES Replace SV4 valve Check 4 way valve Check code name code name Check code name Cause of operation F24 43 Pd sensor error Output voltage error of Pd sensor d07 Al NET It is
155. communication circuit fails PC board 15 to 18V usually 8 5 4 In check for No of connected outdoor units and connected Indoor units after address setup diminished No of connected units displayed There are outdoor indoor units which do not operate in a test operation Status Cause Countermeasures Number of connected Miswiring of communication line between After modification of wiring set up address again and check No of the outdoor units is short outdoor units or unconnected cable Fig 4 connected outdoor units Address setup operation has finished without recognition of miswired follower unit Number of connected Miswiring of communication line between After modification of wiring set up address again and check No of the indoor units is short indoor units or unconnected cable Fig 5 connected indoor units Address setup operation has finished without recognition of miswired indoor unit Number of outdoor Remote controller is not connected with cable Using the main remote controller connected to a group start a test operation units connected to Miscabling of remote controller specify the unit which does not operate Unit unconnected to group and group is short in then check cabling roup operation from ae eae GE P oller Remote controller communication circuit error Using the main remote controller connected to a group start a test operation If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote specif
156. compressor Measure oil amount of the normal compressor Adjust oil amount based upon the measured oil amount This flowchart is the standard one of compressor replacing Various cases are considered at each field Replace the compressors based on the following conditions of judgment 1 Oil of 1900cc is charged in a compressor for service 2 Oil amount is 3800cc in an outdoor unit at shipment 3 When a compressor is removed it usually includes oil with 800 to 1400cc Oil separator usually holds oil with O to 1000cc Install two compressors Check leakage of the troubled outdoor unit Vacuuming for the troubled outdoor unit Charge the refrigerant END 242 15 2 Replacing Compressor Concept of exchange When exchanging the compressor extract oil from the defective compressor and decide to exchange the defective compressor or two compressors based upon the limit sample If oil color ASTM is 4 0 or more both compressors should be replaced CAUTION Ce A compressor weighs 20kg or more The two personnel should work for a compressor M5 screws 2 positions lt Removal of defective compressor gt Turn off power of the troubled outdoor unit Take off the front panel M5 x 7 A LL ees Bs Claw for Take off cover of the electric parts box M4 x 2 SSS temporary hooking Take off the screws M5 x 2 fixing the electric parts box to the outdoor unit Take off claw for temporary hooking
157. connection of connector TD2 sensor CN503 Pink and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Checkcode Checkcode Check code name Cause of operation FO6 18 TE1 sensor error TE1 sensor Open Short d07 Al NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TE1 sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector TE1 sensor CN505 Green and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board 164 Check code name code name Check code name Cause of operation F07 18 TL sensor error TL sensor Open Short d07 Al NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TL sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connec tor TL sensor CN521 White and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Check codename Check codename name Check code name Cause of operation F08 1b TO sensor error TO sensor Open Short d07 AI NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TO sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector TO sensor CN507 Yellow and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor uni
158. ction of TD1 sensor connector zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value e Check outdoor PC board I F error F05 F05 TD2 sensor error All stop e Resistance value of sensor is infinite or Check connection of TD2 sensor connector zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value e Check outdoor PC board I F error TE1 sensor error All stop e Resistance value of sensor is infinite or Check connection of TE1 sensor connector zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TE1 sensor resistance value F06 F06 e Check outdoor P C board I F error DEL Check code Section Check code name Al NET central control remote controller Error detection condition Check item position e Resistance value of sensor is e Check connection of TL sensor connector infinite or zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TL sensor resistance value e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Resistance value of sensor is e Check connection of TO sensor connector infinite or zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TO sensor resistance value e Check outdoor PC board I F error F10 Indoor TA sensor error Corresponding e Resistance value of sensor is e Check connection cabling of TA sensor connector e Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value unit only stops infinite or zero Open Short e Check characteristics of TA sensor resistance val
159. cuum pump method for an air purge Discharge of air in the connecting pipe in installation time e Do not discharge flon gas into the air to protect the earth environment e Using the vacuum pump method clear the remained air Nitrogen etc in the unit If the air remains the pressure in the refrigerating cycle becomes abnormally high and an injury and others are caused due to burst 1 OUTLINE 1 1 Components Lineup in Super Modular Multi Using High efficiency Refrigerant R410A E Outdoor units Corresponding HP Cem emp enp 10HP Cp re Ge KE MAP0501HT8 MAP0601HT8 MAP0O801HT8 MAP1001H8 MAP1201HT8 oae name Heat pump MANAT A ALT N ALT AALA A On No of connectable indoor units 8 10 13s 16 a E Combination of outdoor units Corresponding HP 4HP 1eme So UNE In In Can TI an MMY AP1401HT7 AP1601HT7 AP1801HT7 AP2001HT7 AP2201HT7 AP2211HT7 AP2401HT7 AP2411HT7 Feting capaciy ai 48 0 500 885 30 0 E 88 Ge BR E E E E E E EE E E ER CorrespondingHP_ 26HP_ IS Tan s2 mP_ S S2HP samp samp HP Combined Model RLV Tw A asd Ue NEIEN Us ng Cooling capaciy kW 1 730 z5 o 0 0 268 o wmo Peer E ME EH CorrespondingHP__ _36HP sehe m nm am m TG MMY AP3611HT7 AP3801HT7 AP4001HT7 AP4201HT7 AP4401HT7 AP4601HT7 AP4801HT7 EET E Oo o o BHP 10HP_ 10HP_ IL 100P 100P _ 12HP_ E Branching joints and headers BY5
160. de 12 13 and 14 When there is no address duplication check to the following flowchart NO Is cable connection to l YES Is not communication line connected YES to the different outdoor unit Is indoor unit quantity connected to outdoor unit correct YES Set up indoor address again Correct communication line 154 Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation E09 99 Duplicated master Setup of master remote controller is dupli d07 Al NET remote controller cated Are two remote controllers set up YES Correct setup of remote controllers as a master as two master remote controllers a other Remote controller address connector NO Check remote controller P C board Failure Replace Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation E10 CF Communication error Indoor P C board error A ssy failure d07 Al NET in indoor P C board A ssy YES Check i SE power voltage on line Is there any trouble on power line Eliminate noise etc NO Check indoor control P C board Failure Replace Check code Check code name Cause of operation E12 42 Automatic address start error 1 When indoor automatic address started d07 Al NET other refrigerant circuit system was setting automatic address 2 When outdoor automatic address started the indoor automatic address was being set Sub code 02 Sub code 01 Communication between indoor and outdoor 02 Communicat
161. de remote controller remote controller Check code Sub code code Detected indoor address Indoor Interlock in indoor unit Corresponding Ve Outside error input terminal E Outside device is connected to connector CN80 from outside unit only stops Detected signal to CN80 for 1 Check outside device error more 1 minute 2 Check indoor P C board error WR Outside device is not connected to connector CN80 1 Check indoor PC board error a a ee D i Extended IC Integrated PC board I F parts error Check indoor I F PC board Circuit error continues P01 Indoor Indoor fan motor error O e Check the lock of fan motor AC fan DO Discharge temp TD1 All stop a temp TD1 exceeded Check full opening of outdoor service valves error 115 C Gas side Liquid side e Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 e Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value e Check refrigerant shortage e Check 4 way valve error e Check leakage of SV41 circuit e Check SV4 circuit Miscabling and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 P04 01 Compressor 1 side Actuation of high All stop High pressure SW actuated e Check Pd pressure sensor error 02 Compressor 2 side pressure SW e Check full opening of outdoor service valves Gas side Liquid side e Check outdoor fan error e Check outdoor fan motor error e Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 e Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers e Check short circuiti
162. de of capillary on oil return circuit in the figure If temperature is low equivalent to suction temperature a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or capillary is considered Repair the clogged part b Clogging check for SV3D valve e While outdoor unit is operating set uo SW01 02 03 2 1 8 to 7 segment display Hr 2 and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more e Set up SWO02 6 and turn on SV3D valve 7 segment display Hr 3d e If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change clogging of valve capillary or strainer is considered in the figure 176 3 Check for solenoid valve of outdoor unit For multiple outdoor unit system a Clogging check for SV3A valve e While outdoor unit is operating set uo SW01 02 03 2 1 8 to 7 segment display Hr 2 and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more e Set up SWO02 4 and turn on SV3A valve 7 segment display Hr 3A e If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change clogging of valve or check valve is considered OU in the figure b Leakage check for SV3C valve e While outdoor unit is operating set uo SW01 02 03 2 1 8 to 7 segment display Hr 2 and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more e Set up SWO02 6 and turn on SV3C valve 7 segment display Hr 3C e If temperature does not change up clogging of valve or strainer is considered in the figure CA a
163. dgment status oL lt SW05 gt push SW function The following data is displayed for 2 seconds During oil shortage in compressor 1 L during oil shortage in compressor 2 L zz P x x P O Initial display Oil level judgment result A Judgment result of compressor 1 in compressor 2 in 0 Normal 1 2 Shortage is displayed 207 3 Data display of outdoor cycle Displayed on each outdoor unit Display contents Pd pressure data Pd pressure MPaG is displayed with decimal data MPaG Approx 1 10 value of kg cm G data Ps pressure data Ps pressure MPaG is displayed with decimal data PL pressure conversion data Estimated pressure of liquid line MPaG is displayed with decimal data A P d TD1 sensor data Temperature sensor data C is displayed Symbol ETRE with decimal notation Data CS EE e Symbol elspa for 1 sec and data display for 3 sec are Symbol ta 2 alternately displayed Data o gt TS sensor data acess i oe i g SE RER e Negative data is displayed as Data Gs Is e TE sensor data SE Ef Symbol Betas ee TL sensor data Symbol tL Data sx TO sensor data EE Data Ion EE TK2 sensor data Symbol F2 TK3 sensor data Symbol F3 TK4 sensor data Symbol F4 GE 4 Data display of outdoor cycle Displayed on the header unit This method is used when information of the follower un
164. does not reach the limit and in the event of an emergency measures can be made before injury can occur In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit create an opening with adjacent rooms or install mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak detection device The concentration is as given below Total amount of refrigerant kg Min volume of the indoor unit installed room m lt Concentration limit kg m The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi air conditioners is 0 3kg m8 NOTE 1 If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single refrigerating device the amounts of refrigerant should be as charged in each independent device Outdoor unit e g charged amount 10kg e g charged amount 15kg Ee FS ES Ss DESS E Room A Room B Room C Room D Room Indoor unit For the amount of charge in this example The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A B and C is 10kg The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D E and F is 15kg NOTE 2 The standards for minimum room volume are as follows 1 No partition m portion 2 When there is an effective opening with the adjacent room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas opening without a door or an opening 0 15 or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the door s Outdoor unit hn Refrigerant piping fe 3 If an indoor
165. door address Failure gt Replace Correct indoor address 158 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E19 96 Header outdoor units quantity error 1 Misconnection of inter unit cable between d07 Al NET indoor and outdoor 2 Outdoor I F P C board error Sub code 00 No header unit 02 Two or more header units Are not communication lines U1 U2 EENS between indoor and outdoor connected ee Hr d ee indoor to multiple outdoor units p y NO Is communication line between indoor and NO Connect communication line between indoor outdoor connected to one unit per 1 system and outdoor YES Check I F board Reference An outdoor unit connected with communication wires U1 U2 between indoor and outdoor is the header unit Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation E20 42 Unit connected to other line When starting automatic indoor address a d07 Al NET during automatic address device in other line is connected Sub code 01 Connection of outdoor in other line 02 Connection of indoor unit in other line Separate the wire between lines according to address setup method 159 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E23 15 Communication sending error 1 Inter unit cable connection error between d07 Al NET between outdoor units outdoor units 2 Communication connector connection error between outdoor units I F P C board error 3 End terminal resistance setu
166. dual test operation units collectively to cooling test operation Note Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to heating test operation Note Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed Starts all the connected indoor units collec tively Note The contents follow to the setup of remote controller Stops all the connected indoor units collec tively Starts the specified indoor unit Notes e The contents follow to the setup of remote controller e The other indoor units keep the status as they are Stops the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep the status as they are Operates the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep the status as they are Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SW01 2 SW02 5 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SW02 SW0O3 to 1 Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SW01 2 SW02 6 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SW02 SW0O3 to 1 Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SW01 2 SW02 7 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SW02 SWO3 to 1 Setup Push SW05 for 2 seconds or more with SW01 2 SW02 7 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more set SW01
167. dure CAUTIONS Set up address after wiring work Be sure to turn on the power in order of indoor unit outdoor unit If turning on the power in the reverse order a check code E19 Error of No of header units is output When a check code is output turn on the power again It requires maximum 10 minutes Usually approx 5 minutes to set up automatically an address to 1 line To set up an address automatically the setup at outdoor side is necessary Address setup cannot be performed by power ON only To set up an address it is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup Automatic address Setup from SW15 on the interface P C board of the header unit Manual address Setup from the weird remote controller It is temporarily necessary to set the indoor unit and wired to 1 1 In group operation and in time without remote controller Automatic Address Setup Without central control To the address setup procedure 1 With central control To the address setup procedure 2 However go to the procedure 1 when the central control is performed in a single refrigerant line Example In case of central control in a single refrigerant line In case of central control over refrigerant lines Address setup procedure To procedure 1 To procedure 2 Cable systematic diagram Central control Central control Central control remote controller remote
168. dure 3 operation has finished be sure to return the temporarily removed group wire or CN41 connector to the original connection Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Service P C board of the unit to be changed Case 1 Remove the group wire of the terminal blocks A and B of the Group wire Remote changed indoor unit and then controller install the remote controller only Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Service P C board of PC board the unit to be changed Case 2 Remove CN41 connectors of the indoor units other than the units to be changed in the same group Group wire Remote controller 261 Procedure 3 Writing in of setup contents to EEPROM The EEPROM contents which are installed on the service PC board have been set up at shipment from the factory 1 Push buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 1 Fkk is displayed in the UNIT No box In this time is displayed in the item code DN The fan of the indoor unit operates and also starts Swinging in a model with flap 2 Using EEN setup one by one 3 First set up the type and capacity code of the indoor unit The data at shipment from the factory is written in EEPROM by changing the type and capacity code 1 Set Z to the item code DN As before 2 Using the timer time a buttons set up the type 4 For example 0001 indicates 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type Refer to the attached table 3 Push button
169. e outdoor unit 1 Opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening degree 2 Stops the fan 3 Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner rotates the indoor fan with intermittent operation for approx 1 minute after recovery control 4 Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner rotates the indoor fan with intermittent operation for approx 1 minute after recovery control as the outdoor unit 5 After recovery control drain pump of 4 way air discharge cassette type and concealed duct type will operate 1 For 5 minutes after the operation has started the operation is continued even if entering thermostat OFF condition 2 However if the thermostat has been turned off by changing the set up temp the thermostat is OFF with even the above condition The protective control has priority 1 During COOL operation including DRY operation the drain pump operates 2 While the drain pump operates if the float switch works the drain pump continues operation and a check code is displayed 3 While the drain pump stops if the float switch works turn off the capacity demand command stop the operation and operate the drain pump If the float switch continues operating for approx 5 minutes the operation stops and the check code is displayed 4 In heating operation if humidifier provided is judged compressor ON fan ON and MAX TC2 TCJ gt 33 C the drain pump
170. e address indoor address and group address data from the remote controller For the setup procedure refer to the abovementioned address setup from the remote controller Method 2 Clear the indoor addresses in the same refrigerant line from the outdoor unit 1 Turn off the power of the refrigerant line to be returned to the status at shipment and change the header unit to the following status 1 Remove the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 If it has been already removed leave it as it is 2 Turn on SW30 2 on the interface P C board of the header unit if it is OFF If it has been already ON leave it as it is Central control device Header unit Follower unit SE unit Follower unit SE unit Remote Remote Remote 3 EES controler ba i controller i controller Unit of which address is to be returned to the initial status 2 Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be cleared After approx 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed and then execute the following operation on the interface P C board of the header unit of which address is to be cleared in the refrigerant line SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 Address which can be cleared After checking that A d buS is displayed on 7 degment Line Indoor Group address display and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more After checking that A d nEt is displayed on 7 degment display and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more Central addr
171. e bracket M5 x 10 5 pcs 4 Take off screws of the heat exchanger fixing board M5 x 10 6 pcs 5 Take off screws of the support M5 x 10 3 pcs 2 6 Take off screws of waterproof board M4 x 10 3 pcs 7 Remove brazing section of the connected pipe 4 positions 8 Take off screws of the support at rear side and then pull out the heat exchanger M5 x 10 2 pcs 251 2 Motor base 4 Heat exchanger fixing board seid D 6 Waterproof board 7 Brazing section 2 positions at header side 7 Brazing section 2 positions at distributor side 8 Support Draw out it backward Draw out forward in case of left side of the heat exchanger No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 4 Helnverter assembly REQUIREMENT Removal of box Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc 1 Stop operation of the air conditioner and then turn off switch of the breaker 2 Take off the inverter cover M4 x 10 2 pcs 3 Take off screws fixing the box 1 pc each at upper and lower sides 4 Push down lightly the fixing claw at lower side to take off the claw Lower part of the box is out forward 5 Take off hooking claw at upper side while holding the ceiling board with both hands Pris a E EUST oe foutjtoward you ia lt Reassembly and cautions gt 1 Hook the upper claw 2 Push in the lower part Be sure to check there is no
172. e gas or condensate liquid refrigerant C Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 59 5 2 Normal Operation HEAT Mode Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H Ka 4 Way valve 2 Pas Ps sensor Liquid tank d A d A s L Compressor 1 Compressor 1 Ka ry SCH KZ A A Gas pipe z mall Le mae _ Gas pipe a T Liquid pipe v A J Strainer Strainer Indoor unit ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 60 5 3 Emergent Operation Cooling Operation when Center Outdoor Backup Header unit Follower unit Header unit set MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H temporarily in EEN emergent time gt u e L NS E TO re E er IT se lt een lo CQ Ve e e da wm PMV1 Ir 4 Way valve N S gt Te CN m ee C E Ps sensor E Accumulator 1 When liquid leaks from PMV packed valve at liquid side Close fully 2 Gas pipe ser
173. e model is not specified inspection code L10 is displayed and the equipment will not operate Ne moana O oo o oo o Mt shipment Service PC board vest e o MMY MAP0501H8 INV l l l 1 Disconnect Leave intact Disconnect MMY MAP0501H7 INV MMY MAP0601H8 INV 2 Leave intact Leave intact Disconnect MMY MAP0601H7 INV MMY MAP0801H8 INV 3 Disconnect Disconnect Leave intact MMY MAP0801H7 INV MMY MAP1001H8 INV l 4 Leave intact Disconnect Leave intact MMY MAP1001H7 INV MMY MAP1201H8 INV l l l 5 Disconnect Leave intact Leave intact MMY MAP1201H7 INV 5 Set dip switch settings of the service board to the switch settings before replacement Dip Switch sening contens C swor Demandseting SSS au Outdoor tan high static pressure seting ota Swit CoolingiHeating priority seting etc SW13 SW14 SW30 Terminating resistance setting 6 After setting the jumper wires of the service board install the service board in the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the card edge spacers 7 Connect the connector and fasten terminals Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted 8 If a component part on the board is bent System address setting during board replacement adjust it manually o TIIIIT O not to contact other parts C LI UI JI OI 9 Install the cover then turn on the power supply JO Check the operation Jumper wire replacement place JO9 10 11 IC300 10301 Il
174. e noise etc O N Can be other indoor units normally controlled from AI NET central remote controller or is the operation status of indoor unit reflected Unavailable Others are same Check central controller Failure Replace YES Can be the indoor unit normally controlled from the main remote controller NO NO Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Does the network adaptor P C board LED D01 turn on Check power transformer of the network adaptor P C board MCC 1401 YES YES Failure gt Replace 204 9 6 7 Segment Display Function mE 7 segment display on the outdoor unit Interface P C board On the interface control P C board 7 segment LED to check the operating status is provided on the control P C board The displayed contents are changed by combining the setup numbers of the rotary switches SW01 SW02 and SWO03 on PC board Interface PC board 7 segment 7 segment display A display B CT Ze h TES 5 2nd 1st 3rd end 1st place place place place place Ge CN380 CN31 WOR SW15 JUPA X net ees ren D60 own o swo2 swo Di SWO03 Check procedure in case of stop with trouble When the system stopped due to a trouble of the outdoor unit execute a check in the following procedure 1 Open the panel of the outdoor unit and then check the 7 segment display The check code is displayed at the right side of 7 segment disp
175. eck code appears after Start Stop button of the remote controller has been pushed continues the check code is displayed again on the remote controller Operation 1 Based upon the operation select command from the remote Concealed duct type air select controller or central controller the operation mode is se conditioner cannot operate lected for drying Room temp 1 Adjustment range Set temperature on remote controller C control _IMecoling drying Inheating Wired type 18 to 29 C 18 to 29 C Wireless type 18 to 30 C 16 to 30 C 2 From the item code 06 the setup temperature in heating operation can be corrected Setup data nana Ses Heating suction temperature Setup at shipment Automatic 1 Based upon difference between Ta and Ts the operation capacity frequency is indicated to the outdoor unit control Air volume 1 By the command from the remote controller HIGH HH HH gt H gt H gt control MED H or LOW L AUTO operation is executed L gt L gt LL 2 While air speed is in AUTO mode the air speed is changed according to the difference between Ta and Ts 64 a Outline of specifications Remarks Prevention of 1 In heating operation the upper limit of the fan tap is set by cold air one with higher temperature of TC2 sensor and TCJ sensor discharge e When B zone has continued for 6 minutes the operation In D and E zones priority shifts to C zone is gi
176. ed Type gt MML AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH MML AP0151BH AP0181BH AP0241BH lt Floor Standing Type gt MMF AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H aper H e PRINTED IN JAPAN May 2004 WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE Check of Concentration Limit The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out its concentration will not exceed a set limit The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air conditioner is safe without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia and is not restricted by laws to be imposed which protect the ozone layer However since it contains more than air it poses the risk of suffocation if its concentration should rise excessively Suffocation from leakage of R410A is almost non existent With the recent increase in the number of high concentration buildings however the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor Space individual control energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power etc Most importantly the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with conventional individual air conditioners If a single unit of the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small room select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out its concentration
177. electric parts box w l aes Air inlet grille Ain the room is sucked from here Air filt Removes dust and trash Air filter is provided in the air inlet grille Air inlet Suction duct is connected Air outlet Discharge duct is connected Concealed Duct Standard Type e Slide Click of the suction panel toward arrow direction and then open the panel downward Turn the lever at the bottom side of the main unit to take out the air filter Pull out filter downward while holding the frames Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type e Cleaning method differs according to the mounted air filter type For cleaning method please contact the dealer Cy e The cleaning method differs depending on the type of attached air filter AA Please ask the constructor or the dealer which you purchased the air conditioner lt lt Before cooling season gt Cleaning of drain pan e For cleaning of the drain pan contact the dealer If the drain pan or drain port is clogged with dust water is disabled to drain In some cases water overflows from the drain pan and it may wet wall or floor Be sure to clean the drain pan before the cooling season Under Ceiling Type 1 Open the suction grille e Hold knob of the inlet grille push it rearward OPEN and then open the inlet grille quietly while holding it 2 Take out the air filter SE seg e Push knobs of the air filter to re
178. en shifting to M zone again the timer count restarts and continues e If L zone is detected the timer is cleared and the operation returns to normal operation Reset conditions 1 TC1 gt 12 C and TC2 gt 12 C and TCJ 12 C 2 20 minutes passed after stop C In a Model without TC2 TC2 is not judged 65 Recovery control for cooling refrigerant and oil Recovery control for heating refrigerant and oil Short intermittent operation compensation control Drain pump control Elimination of remaining heat Auto flap control Filter sign display None in wireless type Provided in the separately laid type TCB AX21E Mel Wen Outline of specifications Remarks 1 The indoor unit which stops operation thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening degree when cooling refrigerant or oil recovery signal receive from the outdoor unit Drain pump of 4 way air discharge cassette type and concealed duct type operate during recovery control mode e Recovery operation is usually executed every 2 hours e In the indoor unit which thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode QY lamp goes on e Recovery operation is usually executed every 1 hour The indoor unit which stops operation thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode performs the following controls when the heating refrigerant Oil recovery signal is received from th
179. engineer for rework Do not modify the products Do not also disassemble or modify the parts It may cause a fire electric shock or injury For spare parts use those specified If unspecified parts are used a fire or electric shock may be caused zs For details refer to the parts list Before troubleshooting or repair work do not bring a third party a child etc except the repair engineers close to the equipment It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts Please inform the users so that the third party a child etc does not approach the equipment Connect the cut off lead cables with crimp contact etc put the closed end side upward and then apply a water cut method otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side When repairing the refrigerating cycle take the following measures 1 Be attentive to fire around the cycle When using a gas stove etc be sure to put out fire before work otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire 2 Do not use a welder in the closed room When using it without ventilation carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it For the products which use R410A refrigerant the refrigerant name Is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit w
180. ent result in compressor 2 Judgment result in compressor 1 For the contents of judgment result refer to the following table Judgment result of oil level 7 segment display Judgment result Contents Appropriate Oil level inside of the compressor is appropriate Sage Shortage of oil level in the compressor Both A1 and A2 indicate shortage g If this judgment continues the system stops for protection ER TK1 circuit error is considered E TEST CIGUIE error If this judgment continues the system stops for protection TK2 circuit error is considered e eet If this judgment continues the system stops for protection 1 2 A C TRN TK3 circuit error is considered TKS circuit error if this judgment continues the system stops for protection DER TK4 circuit error is considered TK4 circuit error if this judgment continues the system stops for protection 4 After confirmation return SW01 SW02 SWO03 to 1 1 1 Interface P C board of the outdoor unit which displays oil level judgment _ Me it E i vd aia KE nf DT ei EE 8668 kmp Operation starts i e ZS 9 wr ge LR IR KI L T E a i Result of oil level i judgment is displayed K ge P 2 Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 16 1 After confirmation return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 233 13 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY WHEN REPLACING THE COMPRESSOR 13 1 Refrigerant Recovery in the Troubled Outdoor Unit A pump down
181. er 0 30 20 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Characteristic 4 Outdoor TD1 TD2 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors 10 20 30 40 50 60 Temperature C Characteristic 5 Outdoor TE1 sensor 100 Nic att i i jg a i i 10 Temperature C 210 100 110 120 130 140 150 Resistance kW 10 C or higher 100 10 0 Resistance kW 65 C or higher E Pressure sensor characteristics e I O cable connection table High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps Se SES e Output voltage Pressure High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps 0 5 to 3 9 V DC 0 5 to 3 5 V DC 0 to 3 33 MPa 0 to 0 98 MPa Output at high pressure side V Output at low pressure side V 0 3 33 4 41 5 1 Pressure MPa Pressure MPa 9 7 2 Indoor Unit E Temperature sensor characteristics Characteristic 1 40 Indoor TA sensor 200 Indoor TC1 TC2 TCJ sensors S Characteristic 2 30 150 15 g gg g ge e 20 x 100 10 si S 3 Ge 2 S BO S es 10 DU 5 oc 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature C Temperature C 211 9 8 Pressure Sensor Output Check 9 8 1 Outdoor Unit E Pd sensor characteristics 0 to 4 41MPa 0 5 to 5V output with 0 to 4 41MPa Voltage check between CN501 and pins on the outdoor unit I F P C board Tester rod at pin side Pd Pd vouT Pd Pd e T 0 56 0 58 0 62 0 60 0 62 0 66 0
182. er line Connection of indoor of other line remote controller Check code Sub code Detected position I F I F I F I F I F Check code name Automatic address start error No corresponding indoor unit during automatic address No of connected indoor units Capacity over Communication error between indoor header and follower units Outdoor header unit quantity error Other line unit connected during automatic address Communication sending error between outdoor units All stop All stop All stop Corresponding unit only stops All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition e When indoor automatic address started other refrigerant circuit system was setting automatic address e When outdoor automatic address started indoor automatic address was executed Indoor unit is not found when indoor automatic address start was set up e Total capacity of indoor units exceeded 135 of total outdoor capacity e No of connected indoor units are more than 48 units Note If this code appears after backup setup of outdoor unit trouble set up No capacity over detection lt Setup method of No capacity over detection gt Turn on SWO9 Bit 2 on I F PC board of outdoor header unit Regular communication between indoor header and follower units e There are multiple outdoor header units in 1 line e There is none of outdoor header unit in 1
183. er supply CN081 circuit BLK CNO61 CN032 CNO60 ITT bes YEL WHI WHI TX eXSK 4X56 FAN OPTION DEKHA DRIVE Cp TN NAN ALAN fl NAA NAA NIAAA AAA AAA RAY VLA Ce Ce e TPS Sub PC board MCC 1520 A 000000 SES ERR VUVYUYUGYUUUCY TR Symbol _Partsname E I POIN HE lvz0dv Ha amp L8LO0dY HEISLOdV HALZLOdY HgL6OOdY HaLZOOdYV TNIN d p je uo Hulpuels 1004 6 1 2 P Gis ss ji CIR E RES Goede Nae O O 0000090 DNR a DESS ug FAN JEM EE EL leen pp EE ee Ou A oh LSE P1 CNO68 AA onoss PEPA ceNoso V cnos2 WH POY LL LOK PNY CUO 0O R Joen 00 olG EEE OOOO ONL 4 4 4 4 4 4 L M IL gi h TA OLEO P301 Dee BLK Kaz TOJ GE d ds d H d bm TC2 OOA SP CN304 d Ke cni00 pp TCI OO Control P C board BRW LE p i lt v O e AWW KEE vet for Indoor unit 3 rF A MCC 1403 Lt O PNL SE Le O00 ly SCH 250V N 1 8 l ug FILTER Z e 1 CNO44 aa 11 RE cnoo cros CNo75 CNO61 CN032 Golor m 2 BLU WHI WHI indication l el Or apie D M Or M Or Ort M L Or Ort Or Ort Or o P Ort NM rA Ort Or Or M Or NM d Ce 0000 GT DST TTT Liked TT Ge EE A WHI DI II kaka xa Ks ye FAN OPTION eet ee EE Soe ons Se eo ee 1 7 ee se ei GG BLU i BLUE Li eech N kA 000000 RN oi I e etwork Adapter 000000 YEL BLK BLACK LL a So tel A Option Si I I es gl lt wi GRY GRAY Sub PC board
184. er unit and the troubled outdoor unit fully opened and close fully the service valves of other outdoor unit balance pipes 236 Setup for header unit 9 As the low pressure data is displayed on 7 segment display section close the service valves of the gas pipe gradually with confirming the pressure data and then adjust so that the pressure becomes around 0 12MPa or equivalent 10 When the manifold gauge pressure of the troubled outdoor unit has become almost same as with low pressure of the header unit close fully the service valve of the gas pipe of the unit for pressure adjustment after operation for a while Setup for the troubled outdoor unit 11 When the manifold gauge pressure of the troubled outdoor unit becomes below 0 10MPa close fully packed valve of the balance pipe and then push SW0O5 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 12 Turn off the main power supplies of all the outdoor units and use a refrigerant recovery device to recover the remain ing refrigerant in the outdoor unit which the pump down operation has completed Be sure to measure the recovered refrigerant amount It is because addition of refrigerant corresponding to recovered amount is necessary after repair 6 Close fully service valve of the gas pipe approx 10 minutes after the system has started 8 Close fully balance pipes of the outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and unit with trouble
185. erature of SV3C valve at secondary side rises during operation When the checked temperature is equivalent to TD temperature it is a leakage of SV3C valve Replace SV3C valve c Clogging check for SV3B valve For multiple outdoor unit system e While outdoor unit is operated set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 to 7 segment display Hr 2 and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more e Set up SW02 9 and turn on SV3A SV3B SV3C valves 7 segment display Hr 3 e While outdoor unit is operating check temperature change at secondary side of SV3B valve Q in the figure If temperature does not rise equivalent to suction temperature it is a clogging of SV3B valve Replace SV3B valve d Clogging for SV3E valve Reset the power supply Referring to Valve forced open close function of the outdoor unit check ON OFF operation Sound coil surface temp up of SV3E valve is performed d Start test operation in COOL or HEAT mode d After operation for several minutes check the pipe temperature at the secondary side of SV3E valve whether temperature changes or not If it is equivalent to outside temperature clogging of SV3E is considered in the figure Reference If SV3E valve is clogged temperature of all TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 do not change 2 Clogging check for SV3D valve of oil return circuit from oil separator a Oil return circuit While outdoor unit is operating check temperature Secondary si
186. erface P C board of outdoor unit gt lt Switch position magnified drawing gt SW11 x Bit 1 Bit 2 For setup of cooling priority dl heating priority control AF ma e LLE e i J CU F k Feb zz ee ee ee es ae ae CE ee ek b Si Mh BERETE AHN mse A CTT Rp d foie MN ann ix UN WW 5 i SW10 For setup of outdoor fan high static pressure shift 80 7 2 1 1 Outdoor fan High Static Pressure Shift mE Usage Features This function is set when connecting a duct to discharge port of the outdoor unit E Setup Turn Bit 2 of the Dip switch SW10 on the interface PC board of the outdoor unit to ON side For the outdoor units which are connected with the ducts set this function regardless of the header unit or follower unit E Specifications Increase No of rotations of the propeller fan of the outdoor fan so that a duct with the maximum outside static pressure 35Pa 3 5mmAq can be installed If installing a discharge duct Below 35Pa 3 5mmAq exceeding the duct resistance 15Pa 1 5mmAq execute this setup Discharge air volume in each outdoor unit is described in the following table Capacity rank MMY MAP 0501 0601 type 0801 type 1001 1201 type Standard air volume of outdoor unit m min 165 175 7 2 1 2 Cooling Priority Heating Priority Control mE Usage Features Cooling priority or heating priority can be selected There are the following four patterns in selecting set
187. ess 3 After A d c L has been displayed on 7 degment display return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 4 When the address clearing has correctly finished U 1 L08 is displayed on 7 degment display after a while If A d n G is displayed on 7 degment display there is a possibility which is connected with the other refrigerant line Check again the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 terminals NOTE Be careful that the other refrigerant line address may be also cleared if clearing operation is not correctly executed 5 After clearing of the address set up an address again 101 In case of increase the address undefined indoor units Extension etc If set up the indoor address of which address is undefined accompanied with extension of indoor units replace ment of PC board etc follow to the methods below Method 1 Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address Central address For the setup method refer to the above Manual address setup from remote controller Method 2 Set up an address from the outdoor unit Leave the address of the unit of which address has been already set up as it Is Set up an address only to the unit of which address is undefined The addresses are allocated from the low number Setup procedure Arrange the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units are added Figure below 1 Rem
188. everal seconds after header OCR operation compressor had started H03 H03 01 Compressor 1 side Current detection circuit All stop While header compressor 02 Compressor 2 side system error stopped current flowed more than the specified current and was detected H04 H04 Compressor 1 case All stop Compressor 1 case thermo thermo operation stat performed protective operation H06 Op 20 I F Low pressure protective All stop Low pressure Ps detected operation operation lower than 0 02MPa H07 H07 d7 I F Protection for oil level All stop The operating compressor drop detection detected oil shortage continuously for 2 hours Check item position e Check compressor error e Check power voltage AC380 10 415V 10 e Check cable of compressor and phase missing e Check connector terminal connection on IPDU PC board e Check conduction of case heater Check activation error due to liquid stagnation in compressor e Check outdoor PC board IPDU error e Check outdoor MG SW or OCR e Check cabling of current detection circuit system e Check outdoor PC board IPDU error e Check compressor 1 case thermo circuit Connector cable PC board e Check full opening of service valve Gas and liquid side e Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 e Check SV41 circuit leakage e Check miscabling misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 e Check valve open status of indoor PMV e Check compressor error e Check 4 way v
189. ews of the service panel M5 x 10 3 pcs 5 Take off screws Front rear sides of the suction cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs each M4 x 10 2 pcs each 6 Take off screws Right left sides of the side panel M5 x 10 4 pcs each lt Reassembly gt Reassemble the cabinet in the reverse proce dure 6 gt 1 of the above Disassembling However be sure to the following points when assembling the discharge cabinet Cautions when assembling the discharge cabinet Fit the claws 6 positions inside of the discharge cabinet surely If the claws come off a vibrating noise may generate REQUIREMENT Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc lt Disassembling gt 1 Stop operation of the air conditioner and then turn off the switch of the breaker 2 Take off screws of the discharge cabinet M5 x 16 4 pcs 249 Discharge cabinet I 5 Suction cabinet Front and rear Aanwan 8 TE LLIT Le tt E 6 Side board Rightfand left Hooking claw 2 x 3 positions each a longitudinal direction Suction cabinet Screws 4 corners No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 2 Propeller fan 3 Take off flange nut fixing the fan motor and 3 Flange nut motor propeller fan i To tighten the nut turn it clockwise 4 Take off the square washer 5 Take off the propeller fan NOTE Pull it straight upward If it is pulled forcibly it cann
190. fied operation such as indoor fan H drain pump ON etc DISP exhibition mode EXCT demand CN73 CN72 Display mode input Exhibition mode enables to communicate by indoor unit and remote controller only When power has been turned on Timer short Usual Demand input Indoor unit forced thermostat OFF operation comet aii tae a oraaa aa O O O 223 10 2 Outdoor unit Positions to be checked on the interface P C board MCC 1429 BUS terminal End terminal select SW30 SW41 42 CN311 SV51 CN310 SV2 CN312 SV3A CN324 SV3B CN313 SV3C CN314 Dina doctor connecting terminal CN800 Case heater 1 Case heater 2 Accumulator SV3D SV3E CN323 For inter unit cable between outdoor units CNO3 CNO3 backup CNO1 For inter unit cable between indoor and outdoor units Pressure sensor Ps Pressure sensor Pd CNO1 backup UART communication CN600 TS BA ee d asch li ee Ii y At Option input output CN508 509 510 515 501 512 Jumper select Sensor input TD1 CN502 TD2 CN503 TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 TE1 CN505 TL CN521 TS1 CN504 TO CN507 5V GND 12V 3 3V Connection of power supply transformer CN100 Option input output CN511 High pressure swith1 High pressure swith2 For transformer power supply CN401 402 For expansion BUS power supply CN325 R phase S phase ees T phase input SW06 to 14 ON thermo 2 input
191. from oil separator Phe ne eae e Check leakage of check valve of the main discharge pipe Suction temp exceeded the judgment standard Check refrigerant shortage temp for 10 minutes or more e Check full open of outdoor service valves gas side liquid side lt TS error judgment standard temperature gt Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 In cooling operation 60 C or higher e Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value In heating operation 40 C or higher e Check 4 way valve error e Check leakage of SV4 circuit Discharge temperature TD1 or TD2 was e Check refrigerant shortage continuously 108 C or higher for 10 minutes e Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 e Check characteristics of TD1 TD2 sensor resistance value e Check indoor air filter clogging e Check pipe clogging e Check SV4 circuit Valve leakage misinstallation Discharge temperature TD2 exceeded 115 C Check full opening of outdoor service valves gas side liquid side e Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 e Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value e Check 4 way valve error e Check leakage of SV42 circuit e Check SV4 circuit Miscabling and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 When abnormal refrigerating cycle data was e Error of 4 way valve error detected in heating e Check coil error and connector connection of 4 way valve e Check characteristics of TS1 TE1 sensor resistance value e Check characteristics of Pd
192. g of the operation 132 9 3 Troubleshooting by Check Display on Remote Controller In case of main remote controller RBC AMT21E 1 Confirmation and check When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the check code and the indoor unit No are displayed on the display section of the remote controller The check code is displayed while the air condi tioner operates If the display disappeared operate the air Ve conditioner and check the error based upon the Check code d which following Confirmation of error history oO 2 Confirmation of error history ee n 2 J When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the error history can be confirmed with the following procedure 3 Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory This history can be confirmed from either operat ing status or stop status When pushing SET and buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more the below display appears If Service Check is displayed the mode enters in the error history mode e 01 Error history order is displayed in code number window e Check Code is displayed in check code window e Indoor unit address with error is displayed in UNIT No Every pushing temp set buttons the error histories stored in the memory are dis played in order The numbers in item code indicates item code 01 Latest to 04
193. g resistance 0 6 to 1 2W Compressor error Replace NO YES Is not winding opened Compressor error Replace NO Check IPDU P C board Failure Replace Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P31 47 Other indoor error Other indoor unit in the group is abnormal d07 Al NET Group follower unit error When the header unit of the group detected E03 L03 LO7 LO8 error the follower unit of the group displays P31 error and stops There are no check code display and alarm record of the main remote controller 203 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation 97 Al NET communication line error Al NET communication line error d07 AI NET NO Are AI NET X and Y DS communication lines normal Correct communication line YES Are connections of CNO1 CNO2 and CNO3 connectors on network adaptor P C board MCC 1401 and CN309 and CN41 connectors on indoor P C board normal NO Correct connection of connectors YES Are remote controller Check connection of A B terminal Correct communication line of remote controller communication lines A B normal Y ES YES Is th i S Re narina error Correct power line NO l YES t sno e ee supply Turn on the main power supply NO YES Did a block out occur Clear check code Is the network address changed by main remote controller N O YES Is there no noise etc Eliminat
194. gerant C Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 62 5 5 Recovery of Refrigerant in Failed Outdoor Unit In Case of Failure of Follower Unit Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001h PMV1 PMV2 df cons S I 1 TI J Balance pipe AEA at 3 D D D Wi 8 KE pipe B 1 Packed valve of balance pipe Open fully A Gas pipe 2 Packed valve at liquid side Close fully D 3 Service valve open fully at gas side gt Close fully 10 minutes after operation start Gas pipe a Indoor unit ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Ss Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 63 6 CONTROL OUTLINE 6 1 Indoor Unit 6 1 1 Control Specifications EL Outline of specifications Remarks Power supply Distinction of outdoor unit is reset When the power supply is reset the outdoor units are distinguished and control is exchanged according to the distinctive results 2 Check code clear When the power supply is reset the check code is also reset once If an abnormal status which the ch
195. h box does not perform the above contact operation convert it using a relay with b contact 2 Operation Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system Push concurrently buttons for 4 seconds or more Using the setup temp or button specify the item code CC Using the timer time or button set to the setup data Push button Push button The status returns to the usual stop status OM KRG NO 3 Wiring Relay procured locally ce Fed In the figure the contact indicates a status that the card is taken out Indoor control P C board i Power supply 77777777775 Outside contact Card switch box etc Procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor control P C board and the relay within 2m E Power peak cut from indoor unit When the relay is turned on a forced thermostat OFF operation starts e Wiring example Relay procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor or outdoor control P C board and the relay within 2m 2P auer RED Relay coil signal Indoor control P C board 79 7 2 Outdoor Unit 7 2 1 Applied Control in Outdoor Unit The following functions become available by setting the switches on the outdoor interface P C board Outdoor fan high static pressure shift SW10 Cooling priority Heating priority control SW11 lt Int
196. he factory gt Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded i E NOTE The above figure does not show all the electric cables For details refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 88 2 In case that a central control system is connected Before address setup er oa Central control units i SEN 2 5 Other refrigerant line i Kate Leet i H Other refrigerant line Follower unit C Outdoor unit 7 To indoor unit Indoor unit 1 phase 230V Leak interception ESCH Main switch Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to U1 U2 terminals Is the relay connector between U1 U2 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory Before address setup remove the relay connector EZ Is the communication line between outdoor and indoor units connected to U5 U6 terminal Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3 U4 terminals of each refrigerant line The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communi cation lines of the indoor outdoor communication lines Is the terminal resistance SW30 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory After address setup turn off SW
197. he indoor unit Nos in the group control are displayed successively 2 Specify the indoor unit No to be exchanged The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and also starts swinging in a model with flap buttons the item code DN can be moved up down one by one 3 Tl 3 Using temperature setup 4 First change the item code DN from i gt i Setup of filter sign lighting time In this time make a note of contents of the displayed setup data 5 In the next time change the item code DN using buttons Make a note of contents of the setup data as same as the above 6 Then repeat item 5 and make a note of contents of the important setup data as indicated in the iemcodenecessarvatminimim attached table Example y The item code DN is consisted with to MF DN Contents DN No may jump on the way heen 7 When noting has finished push button to the indoor unit are It requires approx 1 minute to operate the remote PAn fan eren j return to the normal stop status lt Remote controller operation diagram gt 260 Procedure 2 Exchange of P C board for service 1 Exchange PC board with a PC board for service In this time the jumper line cut setup or the short circuit
198. he outdoor IF PC board for service the d07 Al NET model selecting jumper has not been set up so as to match with the model I F P C board A ssy service for the outdoor unit is common to this series A setup for model selection different from that for P C board with trouble is necessary Set up a model based upon the PC board A ssy exchange procedure Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L20 98 Duplicated central Central control addresses are duplicated d07 Al NET control addresses Are not two or more central control system identical network addresses connected Check the network adaptor on the indoor P C board Correct the network address of the central control system Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L28 46 Quantity over of 1 Quantity over of connected outdoor units d07 Al NET connected outdoor units 2 Connection error of communication line between outdoor units 3 Outdoor I F PC board error Check I F PC board Is the number of the connected NO Max 4 outdoor units are outdoor units 4 or less connectable for one system YES Is the communication line between NO Correct connection of outdoor units correctly connected the communication line YES 185 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L29 CF IPDU quantity error Incorrect model setup in service for I F PC d07 Al NET board Communication er
199. he unit for more than 1 month gt e Operate the fan for half a day to dry inside of the main unit sufficiently e Turn off the main power switch e Clean the air filter and then remount it as before Use after drying when it has not been used for a long time lt Before cooling season Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type gt Cleaning of drain pan and drain receiver With strainer A CAUTION Clean the drain pan and the drain receiver strainer If the drain pan or the drain receiver chokes with dust water overflows or ceiling or floor gets wet REQUIREMENT For cleaning of the drain pan or drain receiver contact the dealer which you purchased the air conditioner 53 3 16 How to Use the Air Conditioner Efficiently To save the charges for electricity and to gain comfortable cooling heating operation Clean the air filter frequently Close window or door often e If the air filter is clogged cooling heating efficiency e Close window or door often so that cool hot air decreases does not out of the room Sc Close windows SS gt and doors often La QO 2 j G A Don t forget periodical check Do not cool heat the room excessively Evenness of room temperature e Using a discharge louver adjust air direction A WARNING Exposing yourself for a long time in blowing air exerts a bad influence upon your health Do not expose your body in cool air for a long time otherwise it cau
200. here is easy to see To prevent miss charging the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22 For an air conditioner which uses R410A never use other refrigerant than R410A For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant R22 etc never use R410A If different types of refrigerant are mixed abnormal high pressure generates in the refriger ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused Do not charge refrigerant additionally If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner execute vacuuming and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant In this time never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage After installation work check the refrigerant gas does not leak If the refrigerant g
201. ht operation sound reduction dB A COOL HEAT Against Max capacity External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO02E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 7 2 2 6 Operation Mode Selection Control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Operation SMC COOL mode specification input switch SMH HEAT mode specification input switch This control can be operated with the operation mode which is permitted by SMC or SMH Connection cable The indoor unit operating by operation mode without permission External master is as follows OFF 1 Display on remote controller Mode select controlled goes on 2 Indoor fan In FAN mode Fan normally operates CN510 4P WHI control board rr In COOL mode Fan normally operates In HEAT mode Fan operates with ultra low speed Be sure to prepare a contact for each contact terminal Outside signal No voltage serial contact External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 Procured locally 87 8 TEST OPERATION 8 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation A test operation is executed in the following procedure When a trouble or an error occurs in each step remove causes of a trouble or an error referring to the section 9 Troubleshooting Check peiora tesi ii Check the basic items mainly the installation work A R ORR OPRAN Be sure
202. i 220V DOS he oOo E SE el e i i hg Network j CN 1781 adaptor NSANZR ZINA l WHI TY 2 Option TE ee a i Color identification Mates ae 27 i i RED BLK BLACK i i WHITE GRY GRAY eeh i YELLOW PNK PINK ET BLUE ORN ORANGE 1 afaCN03 BROWN GRN GREEN SES jj i SE F en KY i ee eee cet ee ete 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site i rain pump control relay Wired remote Adaputor for wired 3 0 indicates the control P C board oraiiio conrra controller remote controller PMV ___ Pulse Motor Valve I POIN ed p epueg s nq paesu pG Lu HaL9S0dV HEL8r0dV HaL9EOdY HA LOCOdY HEIZZ0dV CININ HE lvz0dV HELSlLOdV HEISLOdV HALZLOdY HaL6O0OdY HaLZOOdYV AWNIN Sl Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GRN GREEN Cem tege SBS VN ee 3X3 Ya oe Flow selector unit earth screw RED WHI Closed end connector F RED a T10A 250V RED 6 S RN YEL J4 Closed end connector Indoor unit Earth screw Power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz CN309 YEL CN044 CN040 CNO41 BRW BLU BLU an aaa S E C SS amp ES S T7 g 5 ER 3 B T V ZA AAS ZA Gs Ziv ls ZA AAS Zi V iY
203. ight sides Power source hole Refrigerant pipe connecting hole Fixing leg _ e Connecting valve is included inside here 3 5 2 Indoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Air outlet Air outlet flap Select air blow direction in cooling or heating operation each 2 way discharge 3 way discharge 2 way discharge or 3 way discharge can be selected according to the shape or arrangement of the room For details consult with the dealer which you have purchased the air conditioner Earth screw It is included in the electric parts box Air filter Removes dust and trash Air filter is provided in the air grille The clip is to open close the air inlet grille Air inlet grille Air in the room is sucked from here 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Air outlet Air outlet flap Select air blow direction in cooling or heating operation each oe ase Cart ne DOO GEMM TESAR R C No BH loswes QOe 8 Earth screw It is included in the electric parts box Wiress remote controller Sold separately nter panel e Ce SS Air filter Air inlet Removes dust and trash Air in the room is sucked from here Air filter is provided in the center panel 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Air outlet Air outlet flap Select air blow direction in cooling or heating operation each Earth screw It is included in the
204. iginal Turn OFF the breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet otherwise an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury During operation a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit at secondary circuit of the high voltage transformer is applied If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body an electric shock is caused even if using an electric insulator For details refer to the electric wiring diagram Turn off breaker voltage capacitor terminals If discharge is not executed an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury Execute discharge AR Dewean ternas After turning off the breaker high voltage also keeps to apply to the high voltage capacitor Q When removing the front panel or cabinet execute short circuit and discharge between high Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed S An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury Prohibition N WARNING Check earth wires 9 Prohibition of modification Do not bring a child close to the equipment Insulating measures Refrigerant Assembly Cabling Before troubleshooting or repair work check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs If the earth wire is not correctly connected contact an electric
205. ing circuit error inside of the remote controller Replace remote controller Check code Check code name Cause of operation E03 97 Communication error between No communication from remote controller and d07 Al NET indoor and remote controller communication adaptor Detected at indoor side This error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal from the remote controller Check communication cables of the remote controllers A and B As communication is impossible this check code E03 is not displayed on the main remote controller It is displayed on TCC LINK central controller 150 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E04 04 Indoor Outdoor Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on d07 Al NET communication circuit error Connection error of communication line Detected at indoor side between indoor and outdoor End terminal resistance setup error on communication between indoor and outdoor Address setup error Was power turned on in order NO Turn on power again in order of of indoor unit gt outdoor unit indoor unit gt outdoor unit YES Is connection U1 U2 terminals of NO indoor outdoor inter unit cable normal Correct inter unit cable YES Is connector connection from Correct connector connection U1 U2 terminals of indoor outdoor inter unit cable normal YES Me Correct the end terminal resistance setup YES E Set up address again
206. ing on the power supply Setup for the outdoor unit with trouble 1 Using a charge hose connect the check joint of the liquid pipe and the check joint at low pressure side and then purge the air in the hose To recover refrigerant in the heat exchanger and the liquid tank 2 Close fully the service valve of the liquid pipe of the outdoor unit with trouble Keep service valve of the gas pipe and the balance pipe opened 3 If it is considered that the oil has deteriorated due to trouble of the compressor take off SV3A valve connector of the outdoor unit with trouble so that the deteriorated oil does not flow in the other outdoor units 4 Set the rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 11 1 on the interface P C board of the troubled outdoor unit and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more after rd have been displayed on 7 segment display section 5 rd FF have been displayed on 7 segment display and then a pump down operation starts When interrupting the operation turn off the power supplies of all the outdoor units or push SWO5 on the interface P C board Connected with check joint of the liquid pipe and check joint at low pressure side by a charge hose and purge 3 If oil deteriorates due to trouble of the compressor E remove SV3A connector 2 Close fully service valve at liquid side Keep gas and balance side opened poo ees es pe ell pen vs a Trouble outdoor nearer P C z
207. ing returns to the normal opening Be sure to remove the short circuited as short pin etc after confirmation 121 8 7 7 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch opera tion on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit to using this function check there is no refrigerant clogging with ON OFF operation of the solenoid valve Operation 1 Set the switch on the interface PC board SW01 to 2 SW02 to 1 SWO03 to 3 2 When H r is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pushing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when 2 is displayed in 7 segment display B SV2 is turned on 4 After then ON and OFF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch SW02 ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as below NOTE 1 Display in 7 segment display B is exchanged just when the number of SW02 has been changed on the other hand the solenoid valve output is exchanged when SW02 has kept with the same number for 5 seconds or more NOTE 2 The mark CO in the table indicates the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on kb NOTE 3 The mark in the table indicates ON OFF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner NOTE 4 The mark in the table indicates the corresponding solenoid valve i
208. ion in indoor P C board e Check connector connection for communication in outdoor PC board e Check indoor P C board failure e Check outdoor PC board I F failure E07 Indoor outdoor communication All stop Transmission from outdoor to e Check outdoor end terminal resistance setup circuit error indoor cannot continue for 30 SW30 2 D Detected at outdoor side seconds e Check the communication connection between indoor and outdoor E08 E08 Duplicated indoor addresses connection Group individual after setup of indoor address Indoor Duplicated indoor addresses Multiple indoor unit address e Check indoor address s setup are duplicated Check the change of remote controller E09 Remote Duplicated master remote Corresponding In 2 remote controller control e Check remote controller setup controller controllers unit only stops including wireless both are e Check remote controller PC board setup as master Header indoor unit stops and other indoor unit is operating E10 C Communication error between Corresponding There is any trouble in power e Indoor PC board failure indoor P C board assembly unit only stops line Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Main remote controller 01 Indoor outdoor communication 02 Between outdoors communication 00 Capacity over 01 to No of connected units ZEL No header unit Two or more header units Connection of outdoor of oth
209. ion between outdoor units Are U1 U2 U3 and U4 NO connectors connected YES Disconnect connector connection Turn on power of Set up address again of U1 U2 U3 and U4 outdoor unit again Refer to Address setup procedure 155 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E15 42 No corresponding indoor unit Communication line connection error d07 Al NET during automatic address between indoor and outdoor Indoor power system error Noise from surrounding devices 4 Power failure 5 Indoor P C board error aa NC SE n Correct communication line YES NO Is connection of CN40 connector snindeor PC hoardcorneci Correct connection of connector YES Is connection of CN01 Correct connection of connector connector on I F PC board of header outdoor unit correct YES Is there any connection YES error of power cable Correct power cable NO YES Set up address again after D H 9 D Did a power failure occur resetting power supply NO YES Is there no noise source Eliminate noise Set up address again after resetting power supply Z 156 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E16 89 Connected indoor units 1 There are 48 or more connected indoor units d07 Al NET capacity over 2 Capacity over of total connected indoor units 3 Incorrect setup of indoor outdoor capacity Sub code 00 Capacity over 49 to 64 of connected unit
210. ion has been once started 3 Stop conditions of defrost operation e If the outdoor units are combined the fan drive and compres sor inverter frequency may be controlled by Pd pressure during defrost operation 70 tem Operation explanation and applied data etc Release valve 1 SV2 gas balance control control SV2 while the compressor is off in order to decrease the activation load in the next compressor ON time This control is individually executed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit 2 SV2 high pressure release control This control is to control pressure rising in low frequency operation of the inverter 3 SV2 low pressure release control This control is to prevent quick pressure dropping in transient operation This control is individually executed by the header outdoor unit This control is executed as necessary except during stop time and thermostat OFF time 4 SV41 42 low pressure release control This control is to prevent low pressure dropping and is individually executed by the header unit and each follower unit This control is executed during defrost operation heating start pattern control operation and cooling operation 5 SV5 high pressure release control This control is to prevent high pressure rising and is executed This control is executed to balance the gas when opening for the header unit only Compressor This control is to forcedly stop the compres
211. ireless remote controller Except 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type and Under Ceiling type 1 Remove a screw which fixes the serial plate of the receiver part on the wireless remote controller Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a minus screwdriver etc into the notch at the bottom of the plate and set the Dip switch to TEST RUN ON 2 Execute a test operation with _ button on the wireless remote controller e 1 and LED flash during test operation e Under status of TEST RUN ON the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is invalid Do not use this method in the operation other than test operation because the equipment is damaged 3 Use either COOL or HEAT operation mode for a test operation The outdoor unit does not operate approx 3 minutes after power ON and operation stop Receiver unit Spacer 4 After the test operation finished stop the M4 x 25 screw air conditioner from the wireless remote 2 pieces controller and return Dip switch of the sensor section as before Sse A 60 minutes timer clearing function is attached to the sensor section in order to prevent a continuous test operation Z Notch Nameplate Small screw Wireless remote controller 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type 1 Turn off power of the air conditioner Remove the adjust corner cap attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel For removing method follow to the inst
212. is displayed with hexadecimal notation eee Release control A Normal time r During release control r1 Oil equalization control Ea Normal time oiL 0 2 During oil equation oiL 1 Oil equalization request LA Displays with segment LED lighting pattern Display A Display B lt F inthe left figure goes on 0 0 Header requests oil equalization lt lt gt CD LI Cinthe left figure goes on oO sO O Follower requests oil equalization U3 U4 Outdoor unit number Refrigerant oil recovery operation During sending of cooling refrigerant oil recovery signal C1 Normal time C During sending of heating refrigerant oil recovery signal H1 Normal time H Automatic address Ad DI Automatic addressing FF Normal time Demand operation dU Normal time In 50 to 90 50to 90 ech When SC by communication line input E50 to E90 Optional control P C board input Geseems 2s Eo Operation mode selection In heating with priority Normal bs ee Priority on cooling Heating only Cooling only Priority on No of operating indoor units zk Priority on specific indoor unit he ech Batch start stop Normal Start input Stop input Night low noise operation Normal Snow fan operation Normal mark Indicates none on display 2 Data display of outdoor unit information Displayed on each outdoor unit Swot swo2 Display contents 1 1 1 Error data
213. isplay B Swo02 swo3 7 segment display B 7 segment display B Lenser ne Si Cl Cer ES BER ER ER Le E At Ze Lal Cor Ier SERGE E KSE ENEE GJ Let LS Ee e a A Loi Is SL Let ZS KSE EES EN KSE E ES ES 3 E me Ez at 183 J EL OR CS K Ez Es Es Ee Clear This function is cleared by one of the following operations 1 When SW01 setting number was changed to other number 2 Push switch SWO05 was pushed for 2 seconds or more 123 8 7 9 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method lt By Fan Operating Function gt This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the header unit To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system was faulty use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault Check code E28 Operation lt In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only gt 1 Check all the switches SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface PC board in the header unit are set to 1 7 segment display A B Outdoor unit No Error code display 2 Push the push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more E 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx 10 seconds when E 1 was displayed LA lt In case to
214. it earth screw RED a CN66 CN40 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CNS CN20 Closed end WHI BLU WHI YEL WHI WHI BLK BLU connector Le We We NI we eren Le We Ne Ne Ne NI Le Ne Ne Ne N N aN Le Ne SN Le Ne Ne Ne NY Ne NN Le We We Ne NY NI Le NY aN Ne NY NI WHI O 0300 d X J3 Jcn309 GX INAS 15 SR DAALTA X6 12 GEIER A213 1415 12X34 X5 A d Ue UX X3 YEL Fandrive Option WIAA SE Omens po eee Power supply ge single phase 220 240V50Hz ll QT 220V 60Hz Indoor unit EE EE ee CNO1 WHI a ee CNo2 Pot BLU 1 Indicates the terminal bolock Earth screw Eeer Letter at inside indicates the terminal number Color oe 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate indication a ae the wiring at side RED RED GE kee 3 indicate the control p c board WHI WHITE E YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE eo Rie C Symb Parsmame BLK BLACK Lee GRY GRAY ees PNK PINK Network Adapter SS Option Saat Pim hover motor GRN GREEN Adapter for MCC 1401 LM Lover motor wireless remote controller RY303 Louver control rela HLvZ0dV HL8SLOdY HLSLOdY HLZLOdV HL6OOdY HI Z00dV YINIW CC Pagel COXA X31 2X5 AEN EEGEN ll I POIN HlLvZ0dV HL8LOdY HLSLOdY HLZLOdV HL6OOdY HLZOOdY TININ GOAL youlqed Hulpuels 100 4 8 1 2 SS o o y ETNIO O 000000 i FAN Le RED W W W W W W YEL Lei EE NI PMY Le We We NW Po WHI oi 0000000 BLU KX KS 009
215. it is displayed on 7 segment display of the header unit 1 to 3 Error data A JI d SW03 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 ER Check code is displayed Latest check Se only GR check code Installed compressor ee zs SWO03 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 3 Outdoor unit capacity e TL U SWO3 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 kb Dommen 8HP 8 10HP 1 0 5 to 12HP Compressor operation command A U U SWO3 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 No 1 compressor ON C10 No 2 compressor ON C01 For unconnected compressor is displayed Fan operation mode Fan oparaton moso he U SWO3 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 Fan oparaton moso he Stop time F 0 Mode 31 F 3 1 Release signal kenger U SWO3 setup number 1 number Outdoor unit number U2 to U4 NOTE The follower unit is setup by changing SWO3 ewe 7 segment display A U2 innana level a 208 5 Data display of indoor unit information Displayed on the header unit only SW01 SW02 SW03 Display contents 4 1to 16 1 to 3 Receiving status of Receiving time indoor BUS communication Indoor check code B No check code Indoor capacity HE Oro EE EC ke Tee Ze HP horse power ES 8 10 16 20 Indoor request command Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation F Heating
216. ith No choke SW01 02 03 1 15 1 NO Are all oil levels correct YES Choke Clear cause of stagnation Check clogging of oil equalization circuit Replace faulty part UA Indoor outdoor PMV error Cause of refrigerant stagnation discharge check valve error etc Reference When refrigerant stagnates in compressor shell the oil level shortage may be judged 175 In some cases it may be difficult to check the leakage of clogging in the following condition of refrigerant stagnation in low ambient temperature condition In this case take a longer operating time prior to check Criterion Discharge temperature of TD1 and TD2 are 60 C or higher 1 a Leakage check for SV3A valve For multiple outdoor unit system e Turn off the power supply take off connector of SV3A valve and then start a test operation after power ON e Check the temperature change at secondary side of SV3A valve during operation in the figure If temperature is raised it is a leakage of SV3A valve Replace SV3A valve b Leakage check for SV3C valve e Turn off the power supply take off connector of SV3C valve and then start a test operation after power ON e After operation for several minutes check temperature at secondary side of SV3C valve in the figure If temperature is high equivalent to discharge temperature TD it is a leakage of SV3C valve Replace SV3C valve Even if there is leakage from SV3C valve does not occur temp
217. itioner may be caused Therefore using of this function should be restricted to several minutes Operation 1 Short circuit CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board If short circuiting DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board while short circuiting CHK pin CN71 on the indoor PC board the indoor PMV only becomes the minimum opening 30 pulse When opening DISP pin it becomes the maximum opening again Clear Open CHK pin If the system is operating it stoos once but automatically restart after several minutes For the details of CHK pin CN71 on indoor PC board and DISP pin CN72 on indoor PC board refer to 11 Control circuit configuration Indoor unit 2 Indoor P C board MCC 1402 and MCC 1403 8 7 12 Indoor Fan Only Operating Mode When operating an air conditioner with indoor units and remote controller only in fan operation etc this function can be used A group operation is also available Operation 1 Short circuit DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board However if CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board has been previously short circuited this function is unavailable 2 In a group operation set up a group as usual 3 While DISP pin is short circuited all the sensor error judgment operation and communication with the outdoor unit are not performed PMV is fixed to the Max opening Clear Open DISP pin 126 8 7 13 Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller wi
218. ively CH is displayed on 7 segment display A Push SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more Operation check The indoor unit to be started operates at Ss eee Se et If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the p remote controller misconnection is considered Start Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more After test operation return the rotary switches SW01 SW02 and SWO03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 respectively 116 4 Individual start stop ON OFF individual test operation function This function is provided to start stop ON OFF individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Set SW01 16 and set SW02 SWO03 to indoor address No 1 to 64 to be started Refer to the following table only the setup indoor unit starts operation In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped In this case is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt PowerON f Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed under condition
219. ividually operated 1 Operation Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit Same in group control In a group control if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit both header and follower units are simultaneously operable 7 Push concurrently buttons for 4 seconds or more The unit No displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on 2 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed succes sively In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on Using the setup temp or button specify the item code 24 Using the timer time or button select the setup data At shipment 77 7 The setup data are as follows A Q Available 5 Push button OK if display goes on e To change the selected indoor unit go to the procedure 2 e To change the item to be set up go to the procedure J 6 Pushing returns the status to the usual stop status 2 Wiring Relay DC12V procured locally Outside control Concealed Duct Standard type input of fan Under Ceiling type High Wall type Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx 75mA CN32 FAN DRIVE 4 way Air Discharge Cassette ty
220. k Align direction of the slits and then attach to each pipe J Matching the claws slide them Align the claw to slit side of the rubber 2 Sa UN Sg Col 6 7 wa ss Slid bk Push the band against rubber without clearance Slide the square hole side toward arrow mark Push claw side against the rubber Part to be Work procedure exchanged Exchange of accumulator REQUIREMENT Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc Before work be sure to recover the refrigerant into a cylinder or the other linked unit so that there is no refrigerant in the outdoor unit 1 Remove the lower cabinet rear side 2 Take off fixing screws M6 x 3 pcs for accumulator leg lt base board 3 Remove the accumulator fixing board fixing screws of accumulator M6 x 2 pcs The accumulator fixing board is fixed to the middle partition board Take off the screws only which fix to the accumulator unit 4 Remove the pipe brazing part connected to SV2 valve 5 Remove the discharge cabinet fan and motor base 6 Take off the accumulator cover amp fixing screws M5 x 4 pcs of the middle partition board and then pull out it upward 7 Using a pipe cutter cut off entrance exit pipe of accumulator at the specified posi tion For the cut off position refer to the Manual attached to the repair parts 8 Pull out the accumulator upward 6 Accum
221. k that 7 segment display is U 1 L08 U 1 flash on the interface P C board of the header unit 5 Push SW15 and start setup the automatic address Max 10 minutes for 1 line Usually approx 5 minutes 6 When the count Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto 3 is displayed For internal For wiring of For internal in 7 segment display section and it changes from ERR Se control wiring between U 1 U 1 flash to U 1 U 1 light the EE setup finished 7 Procedure 4 to 6 are repeated in other refrigerant lines 95 8 How to set up resistance of the end terminal When all the address setups have finished in the same refriger ant circuit system put the resistance of the end terminals in the same central control line into one e Remain only SW30 2 of the header outdoor unit with the least refrigerant line address number as it is ON With end terminal resistance Header unit interface P C board ON ON ON ON T2347 1238 44p7239 44 123 4 al ad bt fl al al ad Fad Fal ll ad ad Ta fe e Set up SW30 2 of the other header outdoor units to OFF Swit SW12 SW13 Swi4 Without end terminal resistance Nice er a lol lie ee eee 9 Connect the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 of the NNNN NNN E NNN NNN header unit for each refrigerant line SW06 SW07 SW08 SW09 SW10 10 Then set up the central control address For the central control address setup refer to the Installation manual of the
222. l GE EH e Nee DE MAMARE DRIVE d i eer LEE CNo2 GRY GRAY fo E E EE EE E L Grat Network Adapter GX2XSX4X5X6 ED PNK DNK Il e s LL H L lt b Option CG Rei Option Sub PC board ORN ORANGE i 7 i MOC 1520 7 GREEN Mioa CTY2Y31 41516 YEL ege y KEE cle sg l ks i I Beek Ke i DOOD UT UOT 00 Sco ani pf Con MCC 1401 ees F1 Remote Controller EE WHI RED p 110 0A 250V RED connector e F2 P RED i md DER Clm 250V Terminal Fan motor Static pressure S 8 ba E No wiring Pa mmAg RED i i At eech SH 69 7 Indoor unit I WHI T10 0A 250V 5 5 6 6 BL 13714 Setting f f earth screw W At etting from factory NEn Ol43F1 l43F2 Ol 43F2 Ol 43F1 ORN 196 20 JOD so HEH Get Supply O ORW SES GN N ORW 220V 60Hz gt RC RC RC ks ks Closed end Z d r I alah x d r Symb Pansname omeo r Se Se E Se See LS 4P LS 4P HSG pace 0 O AO Y e OOOO tw 0 6 Running capacitor TIDE TE SIE ai 2 SI Si od 23 e Zito gt M oO zitio m Oi Zito yp m Oi Ke ZE ae d Kl e ee ee ae EECH Ge e Indoor temp sensor aks aparece a CF ae isso season a ee ee eect nes eee a EM ne TCT 1C2 TC3 ch RY005 007 Fan motor control relay g RY001 Louver control relay 1 O Indicates the terminal bolock letter RY002 Drain control relay Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 5 Position is connected to terminal block when change to Pulse motor valve 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate stati
223. l for humidifier 0000 None 0001 Humidifier Vaporizing system drain pump control Pump ON 0002 Humidifier Ultrasonic system Pump ON after specified time passed Unused 0003 Humidifier Natural drain system Pump OFF High ceiling selection 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type and Under Ceiling type 0000 Standard Air volume selection 0000 Standard filter 0001 Super long life Concealed Duct Standard type 0000 Standard static pressure 0001 High static pressure 1 40Pa 70Pa 0003 High static pressure 2 0005 Correspond to quiet sound 100Pa 0006 Low static pressure 20Pa Timer set 0000 Available Operable 0001 Unavailable Operation prohibited 0000 Available Wired remote controller Smudging proof 0000 Clear 4 way Air Discharge control clear Cassette type only Outside interlock 0000 Operation stop 0001 Release communication signal 0000 Operation stop release condition receive TYPE Item code 10 mm unten Cassone wuesen 0002 vay Air Discharge Cassone mum wm 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type omo Foor Sanana Cabinet muer mn FeerStansing Concealed mon tC 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD AP XXX H Indoor unit capacity Item code 11 Setup data Wei Co o mm t 005 fe mm ms me ms Im me Im am e SCC SCHEER 76 7 1 2 Applied Control in Indoor Unit E Remote location ON OFF control box TCB IFCB 4E
224. lay B U1 0O00 OOO Check code Switch setup when confirming the check code SWO1 1 SW02 1 SW03 1 However the check code OOO is displayed for 3 seconds and the sub code OOO for 1 second are alternately displayed if an sub code is provided Confirm the check code and then conduct the check operation based on the procedure of each check code diagnosis U1 E28 on 7 segment display means a trouble on the follower unit Push the push switch SW04 on the header unit for two seconds As only the fan of the outdoor unit with a trouble drives open the panel of the corresponding unit and then confirm the check code displayed with 7 segment 4 Perform the check operation based on the procedure of each check code diagnosis How to read the check monitor lt 7 segment display gt tot ft tht et LI th Lt UA tt I _ tet IIIUI II gt a TI L AIS 1 Data display of system information Displayed on the header outdoor unit only Model with refrigerant R407C D BJ No of connected indoor units e 0 to 48 O to 48 units No of connected units No of units with cooling thermo ON B CO to C48 O to 48 units No of units with cooling thermo ON No of connected indoor units RH 0 to 48 Oto 48 units No of connected units No of units with heating thermo ON B HO to H48 0 to 48 units No of units with heating thermo ON Compressor command zy Data
225. ling operation after C C have been displayed on 7 segment display section Set up the rotary SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to display the low pressure data MPa on 7 segment display section 5 Push the SW04 for 2 seconds then low pressure MPa is displayed on 7 segment Unit selected as the header unit i Header unit 1 with trouble Connect check joint of the liquid pipe and DI Es k low pressure side by the gauge manifold x and then purge air inside of the hose 2 Close fully service valve of the liquid pipe Keep gas valve of pipe and balance pipe opened f Interface P C board e 4 Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 5 1 it tier ef F sssr arr erre ath r IC are displayed WW e i JE ee E kb h l z deed Saan ICC E Kess rrii t H neh didel East AC Push SW04 for 5 seconds or more 5 C C are displayed Test cooling operation starts 4 6 Low pressure MPa is displayed by pushing the push SW04 Pd gt Ps gt Td1 Td2 gt TS gt TE gt C C 6 Close fully the service valve of the gas pipe on the troubled outdoor unit approx 10 minutes after the system has started Setup for outdoor unit for adjustment of pressure 7 Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment Setup for outdoor units other than header unit and troubled unit 8 Keep only the balance pipes of the head
226. ll the units connected to the system lf the trouble is a compressor insulation error and others remove the wiring to the compressor before turning on the power supply LA Then the backup setup for the outdoor unit in cooling season has finished T r Pre ie i P j iy ee oe GE 3 Be s EF EKIA ina ER g n m E Ba et i g i Turn on Bit 1 and Bit 2 of Dip SWO6 232 12 OIL LEVEL JUDGMENT DISPLAY The judgment result of the current oil level of the compressor can be confirmed by the switch setup on the interface PC board of the outdoor unit Confirm the result in the following procedure 1 Operation procedure 1 Start the operation 2 Set up the switches on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit of which judgment result of oil level is to be confirmed as shown below SW01 SW02 SW03 1 16 1 3 The judgment result of the oil level is displayed on 7 segment display 7 segment display oL A00 The right 3 digits indicate the judgment result The judgment results of the oil level in compressor 1 and compressor 2 are displayed Example A O O O Oil level result of compressor 1 O Oil level result of compressor 2 Display example 7 segment display oL A00 Oil level is appropriate in compressor 1 and 2 oL A01 Oil level is appropriate in compressor 1 and shortage in compressor 2 oL A20 Oil shortage in compressor 1 and appropriate in compressor 2 GE Judgm
227. lure Replace 193 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P13 47 Outdoor liquid back detection error 1 PMV1 PMV2 error d07 Al NET Pd sensor Ps sensor error Clogging of SV2 circuit Clogging of SV3B circuit balance pipe Leakage of main discharge pipe Outdoor I F P C board error Are connections of outdoor NO Correct connector connection PMV1 PMV2 connectors correct CN300 CN301 YES NO Are operations of outdoor PMV1 PMV2 normal PMV error YES Are characteristics of Pd sensor Ps sensor output voltage normal Pd sensor Ps sensor error Z O YES Is SV2 valve coil correctly connected Correct connector connection y CV2 CN302 YES Are balance pipe service valves NO Open fully balance pipe of all units fully opened service valves of all units YES YES Is there no clogging of SV3B valve Replace clogging parts NO Is there no clogging of SV3B valve of YES Renice coadiha naris a unit other than unit with error p Son parts NO Is there no leakage of check valve of YES main discharge pipe in follower units in which Ma Sg a compressors are driven in cooling operation J PIPE NO Check I F PC board 194 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation Gas leak detection TS condition Sub code 01 P15 AE d07 AI NET Outdoor unit service valve closed Outdoor PMV error TS1 sensor error Refrigerant shortage clogging refrigeran
228. mal stop status 74 DN 0 ech 0 NO 0 o gt 0 E CH O lt 0 Oo 0 Q TI OH OH 0 O 11 12 13 14 19 1E 28 29 2A 2E 30 3 ech ER 33 40 5d 60 62 92 Table Function selecting item numbers DN Items necessary to perform the applied control at the local site are described CO nem o o Description OO spee S Filter sign lighting 0000 None 0001 150H According to type time 0002 2500H 0003 5000H 0004 10000H Dirty state of filter 0000 Standard 0001 High degree of dirt 0000 Standard Half of standard time Central control 0001 No 1 unit to 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed address 0099 Unfixed Specific indoor unit 0000 No priority 0001 Priority 0000 No priority Heating temp shift 0000 No shift 0001 1 C 0002 2 C 0002 2 C to 0010 10 C Floor type 0000 0 C Up to 6 recommended Existence of 0000 Provided 0001 Not provided 0001 Not provided automatic cool heat Automatic selection from mode connected outdoor unit Cooling only 0000 Heat pump 0001 Cooling only 0000 Heat pump No display of AUTO HEAT 0000 1 way air discharge cassette According to model type 0001 4 way air discharge cassette to 0037 Indoor unit capacity 0000 Unfixed 0001 to 0034 According to capacity type Line address 0001 No 1 unit to 0030 No 30 unit 0099 Unfixed Indoor unit address 00
229. mbers in the group control are successively displayed Select the indoor unit of which setup is to be changed In this time as the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit operate the position of the indoor unit of which setup is to be changed can be confirmed Using the timer time and buttons select the setup data Priority G44 No priority HOOO Push button In this time the setup operation finishes when the display changes from flashing to lighting After setup operation has finished push button Setup is determined When pushing button the display disappears and the status returns to the usual stop status The remote controller operation is not accepted for approx 1 minute NOTE Only one indoor unit can be set to Priority If the multiple indoor units are accidentally set to Priority an error code L05 or L06 Duplicated indoor unit priority is displayed To the unit displaying L05 0001 Priority is setup Separate a unit which you will give priority from the other indoor units and return the setup data of the other indoor units to 0000 No priority Error code Error contents LO5 Indoor unit priority duplication ZM is set up LO6 Indoor unit priority duplication L L 1 is set up 82 7 2 2 Applied Control in Outdoor Unit The following functions become available by using a control PC board sold separately Set up the switches or the header o
230. ming off of TK1 sensor miscabling d07 AI NET Sub code 01 characteristics error of resistance value 2 Oil equalization circuit error Check valve capillary clogging strainer clogging 3 Refrigerant stagnation in case of compressor shell YES Is not TK1 sensor detached Correct installation of sensor Correct miscabling misinstallation Is there no miscabling or misinstallation YES TK1 CN514 on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK2 CNS15 Characteristics 4 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 Are characteristics of TK1 sensor NO resistance value normal Sensor error Z Z Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 YES Error Start a test EE in COOL or HEAT mode Replace clogged part TK1 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 11 2 Check TK1 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 1 has operated Compressor 1 If low temperature continues approximately outside temp or temperature does not almost change a clogging of strainer of oil equalization circuit clogging of capillary tube or malfunction of check valve is considered No error Capillary tube TK1 Check the clogging of SV3E valve Error Oil tank ee Note 1 Refer to item H07 error No error Check I F P C board Replace SV3E valve 178 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 Oil level detective circuit system error 1 Detachment of TK2 sensor miscabling d07 Al NET
231. minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installa tion and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after After the specified time has passed perform a test operation 2 Push Start Stop button and change the operation mode to COOL or HEAT with Mode button Then change the fan speed to High using Fan button D Test cooling operation Test heating operation Set temperature to 18 C using Temperature set Set temperature to 80 C using Temperature set button button After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately push Temperature set button to set to 19 C push Temperature set button to set to 29 C After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately push Temperature set button to set to 18 C push Temperature set button to set to 30 C Then repeat the procedure d 54 d 5 After approx 10 seconds all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller Opera tion Green Timer Green and Ready Yellow flash and the air conditioner starts operation If the lamps do not flash repeat the procedure 2 and after After the test operation push Start Stop button to stop the operation lt Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller gt Test cooling operation Start 18 C 19 C gt
232. move the claws of the Air filter aa inlet grille Remove the air filter by pulling it toward you Inlet grille Inlet grille fixing knob 3 Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water e When dirt is heavy it is effective to clean the filter with tepid water with dissolved neutral detergent or cold water e After cleaning the filter with water dry the filter completely in the shade 4 Mount the air filter 5 Close the inlet grille e Close the inlet grille slide the knob toward you and then fix it surely 6 Push E K PS display disappears aN Pull out inlet grille while pushing hook Inlet grille Air filter High Wall Type Air inlet grille SE p Air in the room is sucked from here lt Air inlet grille gt Wipe it with a dried soft cloth e If dirt of the main unit is not cleaned even if wiped with a dried soft cloth wipe it completely squeezed cloth which was rinsed with tepid water below 40 C lt Air outlet grille Air outlet flap gt I e If using a metal brush or hard sponge for mainte Ad Gelle Ce nance of the front panel the surface is scratched and Air filter coating of the front panel may be pealed Removes dust and trash Use neutral detergent for kitchen to clean a heavy dirt AIT ONET IS provided in Tie air inet gaile and then rinse the grille or flap with water Suck dust by a vacuum cleaner or clean with water
233. mpressor on a scale and measure oil amount S Oil amount of the troubled compressor mm A cc Removed compressor mass kg 23 5 x 1042 Sound insulation mat Specific gravity of oil 1042 cc kg M4 screws 4 positions NOTE e When the compressor holds no oil the compressor mass is 23 5kg 243 lt Color check for oil of the defective compressor gt e Lay down the troubled compressor extract a little amount of oil from the oil equalization pipe and then check the oil color based on the oil color sample e Determine No of compressor t be replaced by checking oil color e ASTM Below 4 gt Replace the troubled compressor only e ASTM Above 4 Replace the troubled compressor and the normal compressor Oil equation pipe In case of replacing of troubled compressor only lt Adjustment of oil amount in the service compressor gt Oil amount 1900cc at shipment e Adjust oil amount from oil amount of defective compressor A cc by following to the contents below 1 In case of oil amount of the troubled compressor A cc is 0 lt A lt 1000 1 Adjust oil amount in the service compressor to 1000cc Lay down the service compressor and then extract oil by 900 cc from the oil equalization pipe NOTE e Do not extract oil over 900 cc because a trouble may be caused on the compressor e If oil amount of the troubled compressor is below 500cc a trouble on the oil equalization circuit etc is c
234. ms heating operation e When the manager of the air conditioner has fixed the operation to COOL or HEAT and an operation contrary to the setup operation is performed e When fan operation stopped to prevent discharge of hot air Sound or cool air is e Since refrigerant is flowed temporarily to prevent stay of oil or output from the refrigerant in the stand by indoor unit sound of flowing refrigerant stand by indoor unit Kyururu or Shaa may be heard or white steam when other indoor unit operates in HEAT mode and cold air in COOL mode may be blow out When power of the e Sound is generated when the expansion valve operates when power air conditioner is has been turned on turned on Ticktock sound is heard Operates or stops automatically e Is the timer ON or OFF Does not operate e Is ita power failure e Is the power switch turned off e Is the power fuse or breaker blown e Has the protective device operated The operation lamp goes on e Is the timer ON The operation lamp goes on e Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously STANDBY indica tion is lit on the display column of the remote controller Check again e Is the suction port or discharge port of the outdoor unit obstructed e Are any door or window open e Is the air filter clogged with dust e Is discharge louver of the indoor unit set at appropriate position e Is air selection set to LOW MED and is
235. n H16 d7 TK3 temperature detective circuit error 1 Detachment of TK3 sensor miscabling d07 Al NET Sub code 03 characteristics error of resistance value Error of SV3C valve circuit periphery Check capillary clogging strainer clogging Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell YES Is not TK3 sensor come off Correct installation of sensor Correct miscabling misinstallation Is there no miscabling or misinstallation YES TK1 CN514 on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK2 CNS15 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 Are characteristics of TK3 sensor NO resistance value normal Sensor error Replace Z Z Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 YES After power reset check capillary choke of SV3C valve bypass E rror Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode Replace clogged part Capillary TK3 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 13 2 Check TK3 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated l If low temperature continues approximately outside temp or temperature Strainer does not almost change a clogging of parallel capillary is considered No error SV3E valve TK3 Error Check the RE o SV3E valve Replace SV3E valve Note 1 Refer to item H07 error No error Check I F PC board 180 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TK4 temperature detective circuit error 1 Detachment of TK4 se
236. n CN500 and DC7V 2 How to check fan IPDU 1 Check that the lead wires are correctly inserted into 250 fasten terminal of DC280V input and into the communication connector CN01 2 After then replace the fan IPDU if an abnormality is recognized lt MCC 1439 Front View gt CN503 F500 10A 250V CN505 RED CN504BLU UART 2 ii _ C501 C520 AN S NI OV L OLSNO agd C509 RY500 L501 R503 z Weg D 6 1 b a hl F501 sec Z eeneg I Ii x BLK ie SUS CN506 L Fr N x LNO 9d IHM OOSNO a LION Od N18 ZOSNO MCC 1439 05S COMPONENT SIDE 3 CAPA 1 CN500 265 17 2 5 Interface Board Replacement Procedure Manual This service board is commonly installed in different models before shipment If the board assembly is to be replaced check the displayed inspection contents and replace the board properly in accordance with the model following this procedure manual lt Replacement steps gt 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor control unit Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit 2 Remove all of the connector and fasten and screw terminals connected to the interface board Remove the connector and fasten terminals by holding them 3 Remove the interface board from the six card edge spacers 4 Disconnect the jumper wires of the service board as instructed in the table below The jumper setting differs from the one before replacement lf th
237. n Emergent circuit Power circuit SE Central control circuit SW TA sensor Option TA sensor Function In case of AIl NETWORK CPU Buzzer setup SW H8 3039 Driver wor 3 Float input None for Concealed Duct Louver motor Outside None for Concealed Duct type signal input circuit circuit Indoor fan motor Power Power supply l supply l L N U1 U2 indoor Oureae Outdoor Outdoor U1 U2 communication urii um Power deeg Max 8 units are connectable 1 19200 240V 50Hz l 1 220V 60Hz 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 wireless remote controller kits are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only 3 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling one unit lt adA_ IeM UDIH dA Hulas apun adAL puepueis ong p je suos dA y sses obueuosig Iy Aem p gt HM ADV JOAJUOD DVJOWS SS JIM JO UOIODSUUND e Lhe Indoor unit lt tH 1 AJ B Network adaptor Option W a Ba Network adaptor Remote Indoor control P C board MCC 1403 8 PC board controller Remote controller MCC 1401 communication ek Wireless remote circuit comma Hon controller kit Central control ALNET F remote controller h oonmunaton TA sensor Smore l UNIC TA sensor sensor controller Option circuit communication eg eroui H8 3039 Power Driver
238. n detected TS and TD sensor temp and detected PS pressure value Super Heat control 4 Close fully PMV opening when thermostat is OFF operation stops and A C stops in trouble PMV opening 2 Outdoor fan control 1 Cooling fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled based upon When TE temp ambient detected Pd pressure value temperature exceeds 25 C 2 In a specified time when cooling operation started Heating operation stops the center outdoor unit controls the outdoor fan Over the operation temp speed based upon detected Pd pressure value condition of ambient temp The follower outdoor unit controls the outdoor fan speed mode based upon detected TE sensor temp 2 Heating fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled based upon detected TE sensor temp 2 If TE gt 25 C has been continuously detected for 5 minutes the operation may stop In this case the status is Same as one in usual thermostat OFF so the operation restarts 3 After A C started this control is not performed during the specified time after defrost operation and defrost control 4 When refrigerant is excessively shortened START STOP operation may be repeated by this control 3 Control for follower unit stop The fan is driven with lower limit mode to prevent refrigerant accumulation into the outdoor heat ex changer 68 Mel Wen Operation explanation and applied data etc Remarks 3 Capacity cont
239. nd the drain receiver strainer If the drain pan or the drain receiver chokes with dust water overflows or ceiling or floor gets wet REQUIREMENT For cleaning of the drain pan or drain receiver contact the dealer which you purchased the air conditioner 53 3 16 How to Use the Air Conditioner Efficiently To save the charges for electricity and to gain comfortable cooling heating operation Clean the air filter frequently Close window or door often e If the air filter is clogged cooling heating efficiency e Close window or door often so that cool hot air decreases does not out of the room Sc Close windows SS gt and doors often La QO 2 j G A Don t forget periodical check Do not cool heat the room excessively Evenness of room temperature e Using a discharge louver adjust air direction A WARNING Exposing yourself for a long time in blowing air exerts a bad influence upon your health Do not expose your body in cool air for a long time otherwise it causes worse condition or health loss ZASS e It is unhealthy especially take care of children or aged persons S e Recommended set temperature 26 to 28 C 22 to 24 C Don t cool excessively 54 3 17 When the Following Symptoms are Found Check the points described below before asking repair servicing Outdoor unit e White misty cold air e Fan of the outdoor unit stops automatically and performs defrost or
240. nd the indoor control PC board or not and check connection failure of connectors e Check failure of transformer for the indoor microcomputer e Check indoor control P C board failure 92 8 4 Address Setup After power ON set up the indoor address from the interface P C board of the header unit The address setup operation cannot be performed by power ON only 8 4 1 Cautions 1 It requires approx 5 minutes usually for 1 line to automatically set up address However in some cases it may require maximum 10 minutes 2 It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner for address setup 3 Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup Automatic address Setup from SW15 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address Setup from the wired remote controller For details refer to section 8 4 3 Address setup procedure 8 4 2 Address Setup and Check Procedure Indoor unit power ON Turn on power of indoor unit in refrigerant line to which address is set up ea Outdoor unit power ON Turn on power of all the outdoor units in refrigerant line to which address is set up on power of all the outdoor units in Turn on power of all the outdoor units in refrigerant line to which address is set up line to which address is set up 7 segment display Check that L08 is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header check unit in the system to which address is set up
241. nes Fig 3 8 5 3 There is no display of a check code on 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header unit though there is indoor unit which does not accept the operation from the remote controller 7 segment Remote e display of Cause Countermeasures No response None Communication line is not connected between indoor and outdoor Modify cabling Ee and indoor addresses are unset Set up address Unit which does not Ee to remote controller The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in indoor Turn on the power group control Unit which does not response to remote controller Group address is set up to follower unit in the individual control Set BI to group address in case of individual Unit which does not response to remote controller control No display on None The power is not turned on Turn on the power remote controller Unit which is not displayed on remote controller SEET Remote controller is not connected with cable Correct cabling Unit which is not displayed on remote controller Miscabling of remote controller Correct cabling Unit which is not displayed on remote controller Remote controller communication circuit error Remove FASTON terminal connected to Unit which is not displayed on remote controller remote controller terminals A B and check If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal the the voltage If voltage is not applied replace remote controller
242. ng Phenomena See next page check code Check code to be detected Corresponding unit Outdoor PMV Check valve of main discharge pipe collective section Check valve of oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detective circuit error H16 XX Oil equalization circuit error Capillary Oil level down error or oil shortage judgment Strainer H07 H07 7 H07 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid back error Refrigerant stagnation Oil level down error Corresponding unit Oil level down error Refrigerant stagnation Compressor breakdown Compressor error Lock Excessive oil amount Check valve of oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level down error Leaked side Shortage of oil amount Normal side SV3A valve SV3C valve NOTE XX Error on sub code Check valve of discharge pipe C Corresponding unit Oil level down error Refrigerant stagnation Compressor breakdown Compressor error Lock Corresponding unit Oil level down error Shortage of oil amount Corresponding unit Oil level down error Judgment of oil shortage 240 Propeller fan Fan motor el H KEEN Right side Gen Air heat exchanger at outdoor side Oy RH Strainer e Pulse motor ee gor valve PMV OH Lu PMY1 _ _ _ PMVW2 Air heat exchanger at outdoor side ell Strainer V Sensor i TL Solenoid valve SV3DV 0 rm a wm Compressor 1 Inver
243. ng of CHECK monitor display lt 7 segment display gt Mie FF ere FE tere er FE UU Cs Hexadecimal II I O ILI II LtIyt hl be LIL J notation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Decimal notation lt Display on CHECK monitor gt Unit line No Network address No MONITOR ZONE DO D ON CENTER AUX TYPE EI STANDBY SET ALL Gi UNIT DO OFF LOCKED TIMER No A FILTER 1234567 8 910111213141516 CHECK Oo C Check code detected at first Example There is no check data Check code detected at last hie lt CHECK data gt cea Example In No 1 unit first the interconnection wire bus communication line of indoor outdoor has failed Next the room temp sensor is defective For No 16 unit the high pressure switch at the inverter unit side a DEL 9 4 Check Code and Check Position Displayed on the Remote Controller and Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display of Interface Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code ALNET GET Check code name Error detection condition Check item position Main remote central control remote controller controller E01 Remote Communication error between Corresponding Communication interrupted controller indoor and remote controller unit only stops between indoor P C board and Detected at remote controller side remote controller e Check remote controller inter unit cable A B e Check disconnection connector contact error e Check indoor power sup
244. ng of outdoor suction discharge air e Check clogging of SV2 circuit e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Check indoor fan system error Cause of air volume decrease e Check opening of indoor PMV e Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor e Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe e Check SV4 valve circuit e Check SV5 valve circuit e Check refrigerant overcharge DOS DOS 01 Power supply open P phase negative All stop e Open phase was detected when Check outdoor power line phase phase the power turned on e Check outdoor PC board I F error 02 Power supply negative Wi E e Negative phase was detected phase when the power turned on bb Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display ALNET remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller P07 P07 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side P10 P10 Indoor address with trouble P12 P13 P13 P15 P145 01 TS condition 02 TD condition P17 P17 P19 P19 Detected outdoor unit No Detected position IPDU I F Check code name Heat sink overheat error Indoor overflow error Indoor fan motor error Outdoor liquid back detection error Gas leak detection TS1 condition Gas leak detection TD condition Discharge temp TD2 error 4 way valve operation error All stop All stop Corresponding unit only stops All stop All stop All stop
245. ng size flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type When using a long copper pipe for R410A it is recommended to select Copper or copper base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less Also do not use crushed deformed discolored especially inside pipes Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes lt Flare nut gt Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit 2 Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe The joints are rarely used for installa tion of the air conditioner However clear impurities when using them 4 Tools 1 Required Tools for R410A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge clogging of capillary etc Accordingly the tools to be used are classified into the following three types 1 Tools exclusive for R410A Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant R22 2 Tools exclusive for R410A but can be also used for conventional refrigerant R22 3 Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant R22 The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability Tools exclusive for R410A The following tools for R410A are required Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability R410A Conventional air air conditioner installation conditioner installation Used t
246. nsor miscabling d07 Al NET Sub code 04 characteristics error of resistance value 2 Check clogging and malfunction of SV3E valve circuit 3 Oil equalization circuit error Check capillary clogging strainer clogging Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell YES Is not TK4 sensor detached Correct installation of sensor NO Correct miscabling misinstallation Is there no miscabling or misinstallation YES Is a on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors een TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 NO Are characteristics of TK4 sensor NO resistance value normal Sensor error Replace YES YES Does OCR of MG SW operate Reset OCR manually 2 NO No error Check the clogging of SV3E valve Check UE PC board ag xo 1 Refer to item H07 error 2 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor TO2 of Comp IPDU is correct or not Error Replace SV3E valve Check the clogging of SV3E valve 181 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L03 96 Duplicated indoor header units There were two or more indoor header d07 Al NET units in some remote controller group control 1 Check the connection changing of the remote controller after the connection has been changed 2 If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode Re setup of address Refer to Addres
247. nstalled on the service P C board 263 17 2 Outdoor Unit 17 2 1 Cautions in Service for Compressor 1 When checking the inverter output remove the both wires of the compressor as follows 17 2 2 How to Check Inverter Output 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove the compressor lead from the compressor Be sure to remove lead wires of both compressors 3 Turn on the power supply and drive the air conditioner in cool or heat mode In this case be careful so that a fasten terminal of the compressor lead does not come to contact with other fasten terminal or you don t touch other parts Set cabinet 4 Check the output voltage of the compressor lead at the inverter side If the result is not accepted by the following criteria replace IPDU P C board Between Red and White 360V to 520V Between White and Black 360V to 520V Between Black and Red 360V to 520V After check of output sufficiently check there is no distortion on the fasten terminals when reconnecting the compressor lead to the compressor terminals If any distortion is found caulk the fasten terminal with pliers etc and then connect it lt How to check resistance or compressor winding gt 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove the compressor lead from the compressor 3 Using a tester check the winding resistance between each phases of each compressor and resistance of the outdoor cabinet e Is not grounded t is normal if there are 1
248. ntrol device transmission error TCC LINK central control device receiving error Follower unit error of group control Check code name AI NET communication system error Duplicated network adaptors Operation continued Operation continued Operation continued Operation continued Error detection condition Signal is not transmit from central control device Signal is not received from central control device Error was input in general purpose control device control interface An error occurred in follower unit of the group control P30 is displayed only on the central control remote controller Error detection condition Operation E07 L07 L03 L08 was continued detected when other indoor unit in the group was defective Operation Multiple network adaptors continued were connected to communication line of remote controller Detected at central eerste side Check item position e Check central control device error e Check communication line error of central control device e Check setup of end terminal resistance e Check central control device error e Check communication line error of central control device e Check setup of end terminal resistance e Check the power of connecting destination connected device e Check PC board error of the connected device e Check error input e Check the check code of the unit with alarm Check item position
249. oller Main remote Outdoor 7 segment display Sensor plock display Judging AI NET central of a SE Check code name controller trol displ a error between indoor and Remote remote controller controller Detected at remote controller side Sending error of remote controller SE controller Communication error between indoor and ee remote controller Detected at indoor side 77 EE circuit error GE indoor ee o fe e m aen Communication circuit error of indoor and outdoor Detected at outdoor side we Duplicated indoor addresses e jaooo Duplicated indoor addresses ww Duplicated master remote controllers Remore controller a Communication error in indoor PC B ass y Indoor m a a E12 02 Communication between Automatic address start error a units PS ES o a WC No indoor automatic address 00 Capacity over i E18 97 99 Communication error between indoor header DE and follower units 00 No header unit l i E20 E20 01 Outdoor of other line connected 42 Other line connected during automatic VE 02 Indoor of other line connected address Sending error in communication between outdoor units a of outdoor units which E28 E28 Detected outdoor unit number 2 er ea Follower outdoor error OF 01 IPDU1 error 02 IPDU2 error 03 IPDU1 2 error E31 E31 04 Fan IPDU error IPDU communication error I F 05 IPDU Fan IPDU error 06 IPDU2 Fan IPDU error 07 All IPDU error 129 device Check code
250. on Parts name RSR Fan motor Running capacitor TR Transformer Louver motor Indoor temp sensor Temp sensor Louver control relay Drain control relay Heater control relay Fan motor control relay Float switch Drain pump motor Pulse Motor Valve HML8t0dV HMLOEOdV HMIEZZ0dV HME bZ20dV NININ HMLSLOdV HMESLOdV HMLZLOdV HMI600dV HM1ZO00dV NININ I POIN d p sse obieyosig sly em Z Z 1 Z GL Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GRN GREEN unit earth screw RED WHI in BP unit Gi Earth screw FSR Power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz oe 2X2 ZN 33 ZN T LD ro Ny ZN NI D A OO SERGE TU eal W we We NY W we NI LM Le We NY NI FS Le We we Ne Ne W aN PMV 000000300 SJ GRN MALS RED A213 14156 BLU CNO83 WHI 1000000000 3 cNo33 1 X2X3 Cno30____ 1 X2X3X4X5X6JCN082 L L4 cnra OO Wau YEL eer ND We NI TA cn102 DD RED Fra en es TC CN101 CL BLK 2 CN100 Ps BRW Se Coy Indoor control PC board A TCT Coen Es GRN 2 PNL CNO73 exert NO67 Fuse BLK T5 0A RED 2 cno70 41X1 WHI oO Filter Power supply 2 circuit CN081 p BLK 3 CN044 CN040 CN041 CN075 CNO061 CN032 CNO60 GL BRW BLU BLU WHI YEL WHI WHI PR D D D 1 N d N A i TR PPA AFS ATST
251. on and applied data etc Oil equation This control is provided to prevent the oil short in the compressor control of each outdoor unit This control is basically performed by ON OFF operation of the solenoid valves SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D For the schematic diagram of oil equation control 1 Normal oil equalizing operation This control is used when the oil level down has been detected for a long time 2 Oil equation control This control supplies oil accumulated in the oil cylinder of each outdoor unit to the outdoor unit in which oil level moved down This control is performed during compressor ON of the header unit when oil level judgment result of the header unit shows Short or the oil equation demand is issued from the system of even a header unit In a case of system with a header unit No follower unit is connected this control is not executed 3 Oil short protective control If an oil equation control is executed the protection stops when the status of oil short continues for 30 minutes and it restarts after 2 minutes and 30 seconds after After then if the protec tion stop is repeated 3 times an error is determined Restart is not performed The error code is H07 Refrigerant Oil 1 In cooling operation this control is executed to regularly recovery control recover the refrigerating oil stagnated in gas inter unit pipe or indoor unit to the outdoor unit when the compressor driving command is weak
252. onnecting non inductive load such as relay coil to L1 load insert the noise surge absorber CR In case of AC or counter electromotive proof diode In case of DC into the bypass circuit Power peak cut control board TCB PCDM2E supply Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the MAX AC240V header outdoor unit U1 Procured locally Setup at power peak cut control expansion request peak cut request I F SWO7 Bit 1 om me gre Onie OFF OFF OFF 85 Upper limit restriction 75 Upper limit restriction 0 Forced stop 60 Upper limit restriction lt Setup positions of header outdoor lt Connector position magnified drawing gt unit interface P C board gt et kk poe de mb KR SA M a Geng ELE aiia Fas Tri k paS Bit 1 Operation stop to 60 80 100 i ON 60 to 60 75 85 100 Power peak cut expansion ON 85 7 2 2 3 Snowfall Fan Control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Procured locally Snow sensor Operation The outdoor unit fan operates by the Snowfall signal from outside Terminal Inputsignal Operation Snowfall fan control Operates outdoor unit fan Usual operation Releases control The control contents are accepted during leading and trailing of the input signal The status of leading and trailing should be held for 100mm sec or more External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the he
253. onsidered Check the compressor based upon 15 3 Check procedure search the cause of com pressor oil shortage 2 In case of oil amount of the troubled compressor A cc is 1000 lt A lt 1900 1 Adjust oil amount in the service compressor to A cc Lay down the service compressor and then extract oil by 1900 A cc from the oil equalization pipe 3 In case of oil amount of the troubled compressor A cc is 1900 lt A 1 Adjust oil amount in the service compressor to A cc Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equation pipe of the service compressor and then add oil by A 1900 cc using a funnel or so on 244 In case of replacing of both troubled and normal compressors lt Removal of normal compressor gt e Remove the normal compressor same as the case to remove the troubled compressor NOTE e Be sure to apply insulation to the removed cable terminals with insulating tape etc A WARNING Be careful that oil in the pipe may emit fire when broiling the welded point with a burner lt Measurement of oil amount in the normal compressor gt As same as measurement of oil amount in the troubled compressor put the compressor on a scale and measure oil amount Oil amount of the normal compressor B cc Removed compressor mass kg 23 5 x 1042 Specific gravity of oil 1042 cc kg NOTE e When the compressor holds no oil the compressor mass is 23 5kg lt Adjustment of oil
254. ontroller inter unit cable error d07 Al NET indoor and remote controller _ Indoor power error Detected at remote controller side Indoor PC board error Remote controller address setup error Remote controller PC board error Is the inter unit cable of NO Correct inter unit cable of remote controllers A B normal remote controller YES Is there no disconnection or YES Correct connector connection and check circuit cabling connector contact error on harness out of terminal block of indoor unit NO NO Is a group control operation YES NO Check power connection status of 3 Is power of each indoor unit turned on indoor unit Turn on power again YES Is power applied to remote controller NO Check indoor P C board AB terminals Approx DC18V Defect Replace YES Is setup of two remote controllers YES Change one to main other to sub without main remote controller Remote controller address connector NO Check remote controller P C board Defect gt Replace 149 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E02 Remote controller sending error Signal could not be sent to indoor unit d07 Al NET Check the communication wire of the remote controller It is not displayed on 7 segment display of the central control controller Is communication cabling between remote controller and indoor unit correct YES Correct the communication cabling Send
255. ool Existence of Whether conven Whether new equipment new equipment tional equipment can can be used with R410A be used conventional n o Flare tool Pipe flaring Note 1 1 Copper pipe gauge for adcing eon Flaring by conventional Note 1 Note 1 e flare tool ER Connection of flare nut ee S Gauge manifold Evacuating refrigerant charge run check etc EA Charge hose Vacuum pump adapter can kk Electronic balance for Eeer refrigerant charging H g O Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant charge a Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools adjustment of projection margin is necessary For this adjustment a copper pipe gauge etc are necessary Note 2 Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed General tools Conventional tools can be used In addition to the above exclusive tools the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary as the general tools 1 Vacuum pump Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump adapter 2 Torque wrench 3 Pipe cutter Hexagon wrench Opposite side 4mm 4 Reamer EI 6 Tape measure l Metal saw 5 Pipe bender 6 Level vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check 1 Clamp meter 3 IInsulation resistance tester 2 Thermometer 4 Electroscope 5 Recharge of Refrigerant When recharge of the refrigerant is required charge
256. operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units gt 1 Check all the switches SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface P C board are set to 1 1 1 2 Push the push switches SW04 and SW05 at the same time for 2 seconds or more 3 E 0 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max fan speed within approx 10 seconds when E 0 was displayed Release Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board in the header unit for 2 seconds or more The outdoor fan which was operated stops Check U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A and then finish the work 124 8 7 10 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temp TO Sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure etc an emergent operation is avail able by set up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature Operation 1 Set the rotary switches on the interface PC board to numbers as follows e SW01 2 SWO2 1 SWO3 15 e 7 segment display t o NOTE Emergent operation should be restricted to one day or so on If operating TO sensor fixed with this function the system control operation of the air conditioner may not become one based upon the specification of the product Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted
257. or Shaa may be heard or white steam when other indoor unit operates in HEAT mode and cold air in COOL mode may be blow out When power of the e Sound is generated when the expansion valve operates when power air conditioner is has been turned on turned on Ticktock sound is heard Operates or stops automatically e Is the timer ON or OFF Does not operate e Is ita power failure e Is the power switch turned off e Is the power fuse or breaker blown e Has the protective device operated The operation lamp goes on e Is the timer ON The operation lamp goes on e Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously STANDBY indica tion is lit on the display column of the remote controller Check again e Is the suction port or discharge port of the outdoor unit obstructed e Are any door or window open e Is the air filter clogged with dust e Is discharge louver of the indoor unit set at appropriate position e Is air selection set to LOW MED and is the operation mode set to FAN It is not a failure e Is the setup temp the appropriate temperature e Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously STANDBY indica tion is lit on the display column of the remote controller When the following symptoms are found stop the operation immediately turn off the power switch and contact the dealer which you have purchased the air conditioner e Activation of switch is
258. or 7 segment display ALNET central control Check code Sub code remote controller 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Main remote controller Detected position 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Check code name G Tr short circuit protection error Compressor position detection circuit error Other indoor error Group follower unit error All stop All stop Corresponding unit only stops Error detection condition Check item position e Check connector connection and wiring on IPDU PC board e Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil e Check outdoor PC board IPDU error e Check connector connection and wiring e Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil e Check P C board IPDU error e Check indoor PC board Instantaneous over current was detected when compres sor started Position was not normally detected E07 L07 L03 L08 was detected when other indoor unit in the group was defective Lvl Error detected by TCC LINK central control device Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Detected AI NET position Display on central control central control device Sub code remote controller TCC LINK Differs according to error contents of the with alarm Main Outdoor 7 segment display ALNET remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller Detected position Check code name TCC LINK central co
259. ormal stop Interface P C board a a i KI E 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 114 1 Cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode Using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt PowerON kan Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 Sw02 to 5 and SWO3 to 1 respectively C is displayed on 7 segment display A Push SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more beson Start TEST is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that C is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit IC Return SW01 SW02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 0 A L o2 22222222 Stop End respectively or push the push switch SWO5 for 2 seconds or more 2 Heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode Using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt PowerON kon Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit
260. ot be taken off 6 Remove the connectors 2 positions from IPDU PC board of the inverter fan and then pull out the fan motor lead upward 7 Take off the fixing screws 4 pcs of the fan motor 7 OCrewsS C positions fan motor le Detailed photo of connector Signal line 4 Power line Cautions when exchange reassembling D cut face of motor shaft the fan motor 1 Matching D cut surface of the fan motor shaft with A mark of the fan insert the propeller fan If tightening D cut surface as it is out of place the propeller fan melts due to friction heat resulted in falling off 2 Be sure to attach the square washer Abnormal sound or abnormal vibration may generate 3 Tighten the flange nut with 15Nem 153kg cm 4 Insert hooking claws of the discharge cabinet securely into the claw holes of the cabinet Refer to photo in the previous page 3 positions each at front and rear sides total Fan A mark 6 positions Positioning to D cut face of shaft 250 Part to be Work procedure exchanged 3 Heat exchanger REQUIREMENT Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc Before work be sure to recover the refrigerant into a cylinder or the other linked unit so that there is no refrigerant in the outdoor unit Disassembling Example Heat exchanger Right 1 Remove the cabinet 2 Remove the motor base M5 x 10 4 pcs 3 Remove the motor bas
261. ove the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 2 Turn on SW30 2 on the interface P C board at outdoor header unit side if it is OFF Turn off the power and then execute the operation Header unit Follower unit em P rs e Sgr I I I V 1 1 1 1 X I I 4 I I Remote Remote Remote Remote I controller s controller l controller 1 controller Added indoor unit 3 Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be set up After approx 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display 4 Execute the following operation on the interface P C board of the header unit SW01 SW02 SW03 SW04 o 14 o After checking that In At is displayed on 7 segment display and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more AUTO1 gt AUTO2 gt AUTO gt gt AUTO9 is counted and displayed on 7 degment display e Return the SW01 02 03 setup as before 5 When U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display the setup operation finished Turn off the indoor outdoor power 6 Return the following setup as before e Relay connector e SW30 2 102 8 4 4 Check after Address Setup When Central Control System is Connected When the central control system is connected check the following setup has finished after address setup fo eee Central control units us u4 Other refrigerant line i Line address 1 5 i Follower unit C
262. oved there is clogging at SV3E valve or oil return capillary Exchange the parts Open SV3D valve manually under condition that nitrogen gas is pressed in from check joint of discharge pipe When gas does not output from welded part of suction pipe where compressor has been removed there is clogging at SV3D valve or oil return capillary Exchange the parts 247 Propeller fan Fan motor Sensor OF Right sid TET Right side KC Air heat exchanger at outdoor side SEN LEE Strainer Pulse motor valve PMV Solenoid valve MN SV3E lt 5 i Ka E PMV Strainer Sensor R Nitrogen pressurization Oil separator Liquid Cam GE tank a Strainer Solenoid valve Check valve Nitrogen pressurization A be OL OG Q gt ES O O G Syp a Strainer _ Solenoid walve SV3B Strainer IN LV CN Balance Liquid Gas pipe side side E service service service valve valve valve 248 16 REOLACING METHOD OF PARTS Part to be Work procedure exchanged Propeller fan motor 2 REQUIREMENT Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc lt Disassembling gt 1 Stop operation of the air conditioner and then turn off the switch of the breaker 2 Take off screws of the discharge cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs 3 Take off screws Front rear at lower side of the cabinet M5 x 10 7 pcs each 4 Take off scr
263. p error between outdoor units Is there no miscabling or YES disconnection on communication line between outdoor units Correct communication line NO Is connection of CNO3 connector NO on outdoor I F PC board normal Correct cabling of cable connector YES YES ee An a SS Turn on main power of outdoor unit NO Is the end terminal resistance between outdoor units turned on Turn the end terminal resistance to ON SW30 Bit 1 Did power failure occur Clear check code YES NO YES Is there no noise source etc Check and eliminate noise etc NO Check outdoor I F P C board Defect Replace 160 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E25 15 Duplicated follower Addresses are duplicated by manual setup of d07 Al NET outdoor address setup outdoor address Do not set up outdoor address manually Check code Check code name Cause of operation E26 15 Decrease of connected outdoor 1 Outdoor unit backup setup d07 Al NET units 2 Outdoor power error 3 Communication line connection error between outdoor units 4 Connector connection error for communication 5 Outdoor I F PC board error Sub code No of outdoor units which received signals normally YES Is outdoor unit setting backup Clear the error and then start operation 1 NO Z O Is main power of follower unit turned on Turn on the main power supply YES Ils communication line between outdoor
264. p temp Central control mode 3 Cannot select mode set up temp Central control mode 4 Cannot select mode If operation is performed 3 RBC AMT21E Wired remote controller from the remote control While mode is the central control mode d CENTRAL CENTRAL CONTROL lights on the display part of the remote controller mode the status is notified with receiving After command priority sound Both remote controller at indoor unit side and central controller are available to set up the operation mode and the unit operate by the newest command Center The remote controller at indoor unit side can operate only ON or OFF Access inhibit The remote controller at indoor unit can t operate 67 6 2 Outdoor Unit 6 2 1 Operation Start Operation End The compressor solenoid valve pulse motor valve PMV outdoor fan etc are controlled by a command from the indoor controller The follower outdoor unit starts stops by a command from the header outdoor unit zi ten eme es Pulse Motor Valve 1 PMV control using two PMV 1 and 2 e In heating operation PMV control 1 PMV Pulse Motor Valve is controlled between 90 to PMV2 is 0 pulses and 1000 pulses during operation PMV may be controlled by 2 In cooling operation PMV opening is controlled PMV1 e eS based upon detected TL sensor temp and detected A Pd pressure value Under Cool control 3 In heating operation PMV opening is controlled based upo
265. pacity gt Normal type System horse System horse o Nomaiye power HP i Corrective amount power HP Corrective amount EDE T eee ae Van Vpt Va aaora Enia ek WE w d a eee ee o lo o o gt 22 efjesjef ef au 28 2 Iswiwi 10 ee E II o na Jefe 3 p o i e o o e o eR L w a lelece I o II au ofo o saf ou zl 0 to to to to au LL ee ee EM Ed WE ti 10 1 an u Lelelxlnl a O p oa La ef ef eff Ian La elelee a Lastly add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A to the corrective amount of refrigerant by system capacity C It is the final additional amount of refrigerant As the result If minus sign is indicated do not add the refrigerant O0kg 12 lt Additional amount of refrigerant gt Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A Corrective amount of refrigerant by system HP C Additional amount of refrigerant 91 8 3 Check at Main Power ON After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to be executed with a test operation check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit After turning on the main power be sure to check in order of indoor unit outdoor unit lt Check on outdoor unit gt 1 Check that all the rotary switches SW01 SW02 and SWO8 on the interface PC board of the header unit are set up to 1 2 lf other error code is displayed on 7 segment B
266. pe model 2P WHI To terminal Indoor control P C board Other type models Note Determine the cable length between the Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the indoor control P C board and the relay within 2m operation coil is approx 16mA Does not correspond to a terminal block type relay on the market 78 E Leaving ON prevention control Function e This function controls the indoor units individually It is connected with cable to the control P C board of the indoor unit e In a group control it is connected with cable to the indoor unit Control PC board and the item code cFis set to the connected indoor unit e It is used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary e Using a card switch box card lock etc the forgotten OFF of the indoor unit can be protected e When inserting a card start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed e When taking out a card the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start stop operation from the remote controller is forbidden 1 Control items 1 Outside contact ON The start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed Status that card is inserted in the card switch box 2 Outside contact OFF If the indoor unit is operating it is stopped forcedly Start Stop prohibited to remote controller Status that card is taken out from the card switch box When the card switc
267. performed there is a possibility to cause a serious accident Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work 2 Cautions on Installation Service 1 Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil For the tools exclusive to R410A shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them 2 As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R410A 3 In the installation time use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water oxide scales oil etc Use the clean pipes Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas Never use gas other than nitrogen gas 4 For the earth protection use a vacuum pump for air purge 5 R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant If using gas for charging composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air condi tioner change 3 Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes copper pipe and joints are mainly used It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum 1 Copper pipe lt Piping gt The pipe thickness flare finishi
268. pinching of cable at the corners of the rear side 3 Tighten the fixing screws at upper and lower sides 1 pc each at upper lower part 2 When pushing in the lower part be sure to check there is no thinness of cable 252 No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 5 Inverter assembly REQUIREMENT 4 IPDU PC board for fan Removal of PC 1 Noise filter 2 Interface P C board board and Put on gloves during working otherwise P C boards Control P C board electric parts an injury may be caused by parts etc 1 Noise filter PC 1 Stop operation and then turn off switch board of the breaker 2 Interface PC 2 Take off cables and then remove the board P C board from the card edge spacer at the corner lt Exchange of service P C board gt For the interface P C board it is necessary 3 IPDU PC board to set up jumper line etc for each model For driving of compressor 1 Refer to Exchange procedure of interface 3 PDU PC board P C board For driving of compressor 2 3 IPDU PC 1 Stop operation and then turn off switch board of the breaker 2 Take off the heat sink Radiator plate fixing screws M4 x 16 2 pcs 3 Take off cables 4 Remove PC board from the card edge Spacer at the corners x Heat sink fixing screw compressor lead cables U V W etc M4 screw tightening torque 1 47 0 1Nem lt Exchange of service P C board gt For the IPDU PC board i
269. ply e Check indoor PC board error e Check remote controller address setup When two remote controllers operate e Check remote controller P C board Remote Remote controller sending error Corresponding Signal could not be sent from e Check the communication wire of remote controller unit only stops remote controller to indoor unit controller Exchange remote controller m O N E03 Indoor Communication error between Corresponding No communication from remote Check remote controller and communication unit indoor and remote controller unit only stops controller including wireless and adaptor wiring Detected at indoor side communication adaptor E04 Indoor Indoor outdoor communication Corresponding Indoor unit does not receive e Check power ON order of indoor outdoor unit circuit error unit only stops communication from outdoor unit e Check indoor address setup Detected at indoor side Check inter unit cabling between indoor and outdoor e Check outdoor end terminal resistance setup SW30 2 E06 E06 No of indoor units which Decreased number of indoor units All stop When signal is not sent for a e Check the power supply of indoor unit received signal normally certain period from the indoor Power ON unit which has been used to e Check connection of communication line send signals E06 is normally between indoor and outdoor displayed e Check connector connection for communicat
270. r leakage clogging of outdoor refrigerant circuit and oil circuit parts lt Trouble with clogging gt Position with trouble Unit issuing Phenomena PER See next page check code Ge Corresponding unit Outdoor PMV Corresponding unit High pressure protective operation High pressure up Low pressure protective operation Low pressure down Discharge temp error Discharge temp up Check valve of main discharge pipe collective section Check valve of discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure protective operation Abnormal high pressure up High pressure SW system error Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error P04 XX Abnormal high pressure up SV3A valve Other connected unit Oil level down error SV3B valve F Corresponding unit Oil level down error mr Shortage of oil amount SV3C valve Other connected unit Oil level down error wm Excessive olamount SV3D valve H Corresponding unit Oil level down error 0 Shortage of oil amount SV3D valve circuit capillary Strainer SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detective circuit error H16 04 Oil equalization circuit error Oil level down error H07 Judgment of shortage Shortage of oil amount Oil return capillary J Corresponding unit Oil level down error Hor Shortage of oil amount SV3C bypass capillary Corresponding unit Oil level detective circuit error H16 03 Oil equalization circuit error lt Trouble with leakage gt Position with trouble Unit issui
271. r temp sensor miscabling 1 Misinstallation and misconnection of TE1 d07 AI NET TE1 TL sensor and TL sensor Resistance characteristics error of TE1 sensor and TL sensor Outdoor P C board I F error Are installed positions of NO TE1 sensor and TL sensor correct Correct installed positions of TE1 sensor and TL sensor YES Outdoor I F P C board TE1 sensor CN505 Green TL sensor CN521 White Are connection of TE1 sensor connector NO Ee VE E ENEE Correct connection of connectors YES Are resistance characteristics of Tl sensorid TE ensor normale Correct connection of connectors Z O YES Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See TE1 sensor Characteristics 5 See TL sensor Characteristics 2 Check outdoor I F P C board efect Replace TE1 sensor Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor TL sensor Temp sensor between liquid tanks of outdoor PMV1 2 166 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation F16 43 Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling 1 High pressure Pd sensor and low d07 Al NET Pd Ps pressure sensor Ps are exchanged 2 Output voltage of each sensor is zero Correct connection of connectors Pd sensor CN501 Red Ps sensor CN500 White Are connection of Pd sensor and Ps sensor connectors correct YES Are output voltage characteristics of Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal YES NO Sensor error gt Replace 1 Pressure Che
272. remove the cause of trouble referring to 9 Troubleshooting 3 Check that L08 is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit LO8 Indoor address unset up If the address setup operation has already finished in service time etc the above check code is not dis played and only U1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 7 segment display A 7 segment display B Interface P C board ef aucun CC F 5 JA gos L hike fns E TEESE EE Pihis Rp s ji i amasi L SW01 SW02 SW03 lt Check on indoor unit gt 1 Display check on remote controller In case of wired remote controller Check that a frame as shown in the following left figure is displayed on LC display section of the remote controller E Ee SE Bee q Normal status Abnormal status Power and operation stop Power is not normally turned on If a frame is not displayed as shown in the above right figure the power of the remote controller is not normally turned on Therefore check the following items e Check power supply of indoor unit e Check cabling between indoor unit and remote controller e Check whether there is cutoff of cable arou
273. respectively Then No of outdoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of outdoor units Check No of indoor units Set the rotary switch SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 4 and 3 respectively Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of indoor units Operation mode setup According to the indoor temperature select one of the following items for setup of the rotary switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Cooling SW01 2 SW02 1 SW03 1 Heating SW01 2 SW02 2 SW03 1 7 segment display B HP System Horse power 7 segment display A B i No of connected outdoor units C 7 segment display A B No of connected indoor units 32 7 segment display gt SW02 to SW02 to d 5 2 1 Heating Cooling Cooling JC I S 18 Heating JH I 10 10 43 8 Outdoor temperature E C 112 Operation start Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The operation starts Check that cooling is CC and heating is HH on 7 segment display B Confirmation of check results 1 Check that No of misconnected indoor units is displa
274. rmal Note 2 Compressor error YES Note 2 Check the following items mainly 1 Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation at start time 2 Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop Never touch with hands 3 Current of compressor lead during operation or starting No rapid current change Check 4 way valve Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage After checking there is no slogging or pipe breakage charge refrigerant again 173 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H06 20 Low pressure protective operation Service valve close d07 Al NET Ps sensor error SV2 SV4 circuit error Miscabling of communication between indoor and outdoor Indoor outdoor fan and condenser error Indoor outdoor PMV clogging Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging Refrigerant shortage Are service valves of gas and NO liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened YES Open service valves fully Are characteristics of NO low pressure sensor normal Exchange low pressure sensor 1 Pressure by pressure gauge Check joint YES 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F P C board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor error is considered If 2 and 3 are different check I F P C board NO Are SV2 and SV4 circuits normal Correct SV2 and SV4 circuits YES Check miscabling misinstallation and connector connection
275. rol 1 According to the capacity demand command from the Min frequency 26Hz indoor controller the inverter frequency control of the header and follower units is determined The header unit sets the start order of the follower unit connected to the system and then starts the operation 2 Two compressors in the outdoor unit rotate every stop of compressor and exchanges the start order when the compressor will be ON in the next time 3 When two or more follower units are connected if the system thermostat is OFF the rotation is judged every compressor OFF of the follower unit and the start priority order of the follower units in the next start time is exchanged 4 Oil level detection 1 Based upon the detected temperature of TK1 to TK4 e The detection is per control sensors whether the right amount of oil is included in formed in both cases of the compressor case or not is judged The header operation of a compressor unit and follower unit perform this control individually and operation of two 2 From relation between the detected temperature of compressors the operating compressor TK1 or TK2 and detected temperature of TK3 TK4 whether oil level in the compressor case is right or not is judged If it is insufficient the control shifts to the oil equation control 3 This control is usually performed during operation of the compressor g o O RK Ku e 69 Mel tem o Operation explanati
276. rols of IPDU control P C board are described below 1 Current release control The output frequency is controlled by AC input current value which is detected by inputting current sensor CT on the control P C board to prevent the inverter input current from rising higher than the specified value 71 Mel Ven Operation explanation and applied data etc Remarks IPDU 2 Heat sink temp detection control control 1 This control protects IGBT overheat preventive protection by the Continued e TH temp on the compressor driving module in For TH temperature the higher one of IPDU1 temperature and IPDU2 temperature is applied 3 Over current protective control 1 The compressor stops when IPDU control P C board detects over current 4 Compressor case thermo control 1 When the compressor case thermostat works the compressor stops 2 When the compressor stops 1 is counted to the error count and the compressor reactivates after 2 minutes and 30 seconds After reactivated the error count is cleared if the operation continues for 10 minutes or more 3 The error is determined with error count 4 The error H04 is displayed in compressor 1 and H14 in compressor 2 respectively 1 High pressure SW control pressure e The high pressure SW is usually closed and connected to IPDU EE 1 The compressor driver stops when high pressure SW at inverter contro compressor operates 2 When the compressor driver stops
277. ror between IPDU fan IPDU and I F IPDU fan IPDU I F P C board error Sub code 01 IPDU1 error 02 IPDU2 error 03 IPDU1 2 error 04 Fan IPDU error 05 IPDU1 fan IPDU error 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU error 07 All IPDU error or disconnection of communication line between IPDU I F PC board or outdoor I F P C board error Is jumper setup of outdoor I F P C board correct NO Jumpers 7 8 9 ON Correct connection of connector Is communication connector between IPDU and YES VE PC board connected Correct connection of connector Is there no disconnection of communication YES line between IPDU and I F PC board EE YES NO NO Is there voltage fluctuation between NO 4 and 5 pins of CN600 on I F PC board Measurement by tester DCO to 5V 5 pin GND I F P C board error YES Is there voltage fluctuation between NO 3 and 5 pins of CN600 on I F PC board Measurement by tester DCO to 5V 5 pin GND I F P C board error YES Both IPDU No 1 No 2 and fan IPDU did not return the communication Replace IPDU PC board with trouble 186 Check codename code name Check code name Cause of operation L30 b6 Interlock in indoor unit Outside error was input d07 Al NET from outside Is outside device connected NO Check indoor P C board to connector CN80 Failure Replace YES Does outside device correctly operate GE Check outside device on Failure Replace
278. rotection board Cycle Communication Outdoor protection Sensor Compressor protection etc lt Display in wired remote controller gt e A goes on e UNIT No Check code Operation lamp Green flash lt Display on sensor part in wireless remote controller gt Each sensor error Failure e Block displ f combination of Il Se ock display of combination of Q O I Compressor protective system error e Unit No and check code are displayed Setup error Other errors e In a case of error with auxiliary code the check code and the P Protective device operation auxiliary code are displayed alternately 2 Special mention 1 If this model is connected to AI NET by network adaptor the different check codes are displayed on the main remote controller New check code display on new remote controller and Al NET central control remote controller Al NET check code display on AI NET central control remote controller Example Indoor TA sensor error AI NETWORK BUS Al NET central control Master remote controller remote controller 2 The check code of the remote controller is displayed only while the air conditioner is operating Remote controller start button ON When the air conditioner stopped and the error has been cleared the check code display on the remote controller also disappears However if the error continues after stop of the operation the check code is immediately displayed with restartin
279. s YES Perform setup of no detection Is backup operation of outdoor unit being set up for capacity over 1 NO Excessive indoor units are connected D H 9 D Is No of connected indoor units correct Correct miscabling oi GE Z O NO Is setup of indoor unit HP correct Correct HP setup YES NO Is total capacity of connected Set capacity of connected indoor units within 135 indoor units within 135 of outdoor units YES For a service P C board check outdoor HP setup OK Set up outdoor HP Set up jumper 9 10 11 and 12 Refer How to exchange interface P C board NG Check outdoor interface P C board A ssy 1 Setup of no detection of capacity over Turn SWO9 Bit 2 on I F PC board of header outdoor unit to ON Usually OFF 157 Check code Check code name Cause of operation E18 97 99 Communication error between Regular communication between indoor header d07 Al NET indoor header and follower and follower is unavailable Are remote controller NO Correct remote controller inter unit cables A B normal inter unit wire YES Is there any disconnection of connector or wiring from terminal block of indoor unit YES Correct connection of connector Check circuit wire NO NO Is a group control operation YES Are powers of NO Check power connection status all indoor units turned on of indoor unit YES Check indoor P C board Check in
280. s RS Address 16 i I PE i Address 17 ac Address display of 00 is displayed for to individually CEET corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON Address 32 Address 33 to individually Address 48 After test operation return the display select switches SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface PC board of the header unit to 1 1 1 respectively Address 49 to individually Address 64 NOTE The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 117 8 7 3 Error Clearing Function 1 Clearing from the main remote controller Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units oper ated by the remote controller Error of the indoor unit is not cleared For clearing errors the service monitor function of the remote controller is used lt Method gt 1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing cL cL F F buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 2 Using buttons set FF to item code The display in Section A in the following figure d goga S S Ge WY S gt GL de gt gode GEG When the count arrives WU the error is cleared Is F repeated on the display S counted vith interval of 5 seconds as GE x However counting from Z 3 When button is pushed the status returns to the normal status Operation procedure
281. s available by other outdoor units and the compressors Set up a backup operation following to the procedure below 11 1 Before Backup Operation Method of the backup operation differs by the contents of the trouble Refer to the following table When a trouble occurred on one of the compres sors in the same unit Note 1 Compressor backup When troubles occurred on the both compres sors in the same unit Trouble of compressor coil EE Outdoor unit backup or outdoor unit To item 3 or item 4 backup during cooling season Note 2 Note 1 When a trouble of compressor coil etc occurred deterioration of the oil is heavy Therefore do not perform a backup operation otherwise a trouble of the other outdoor units may be caused Note 2 The outdoor unit to be processed with a backup operation should be restricted to one unit in the system of 1 system 11 2 Compressor Backup Setup lt Outline gt When a trouble occurred on one of the two compressors follow the procedure below if it is necessary to per form a backup operation by the other normal compressor lt Work procedure gt 1 Turn off the main power supplies of all the units connected to the system 2 Set up the switch SWO6 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit with failure compressor as shown below o wos cao Initial setup at shipment from factory No 1 compressor Left side is defective No 2 compressor Right front side is defective 3 Turn
282. s forcedly turned off with this operation NOTE 5 The case heater outputs heat air for both compressor and accumulator heaters 7 Mgr display Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case heater SW02 v2 sv5 sv41 sv42 sv3A sv3B sv3c Sv3D Sv3E Output relay EH EE EE EE poe tates ojojojo ojo o ojo o Clear Return numbers of SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 each NOTE As this function is not based on the specified general control be sure to release this mode after operation 122 8 7 8 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled Therefore utilize this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system NOTE Do not use this function during operation of the compressor It may damage the compressor Operation 1 Set the switch on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit SW01 to 2 SW02 to 1 SWO3 to 4 2 When F d is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pushing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when fan step 31 is displayed in 7 segment display B the fan starts operation Max step operation 4 After then 7 segment display B and the fan step are changed by changing the setup number of the switches SWO2 and SWOS3 Output pattern of the fan is as follows SW02 SW03 7 segment d
283. s not satisfy the criteria in the following table replace IPDU P C board Between Red and White 400 V to 650 V Between White and Black 400 V to 650 V Between Black and Red 400 V to 650 V After checking the output when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal check surely there is no distortion on the fasten terminal lug If it is loosened caulk it with pinchers etc and then connect lead to the terminal How to check resistance of compressor winding 1 2 Turn off the power supply Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors In each compressor check the winding resistance between phases and resistance of the outdoor cabinet using a tester e Is not it earthed Normal if 1OMQ or more are measured e Is not shorted between windings Normal if 0 7Q to 0 9Q are measured Use a precise digital tester How to check the external fan motor 1 2 3 Turn off the power supply Take off three connectors U V W from the external fan IPDU PC board Turn the fan with hands If the fan does not turn it is a fan motor error Lock Replace the fan motor If the fan turns measure the winding resistance between the phases of the connector Motor winding with a tester If 13 to 33Q are measured it is normal Use a digital tester 148 9 5 Diagnosis Procedure for Each Check Code Check code Check code name Cause of operation E01 Communication error between Remote c
284. s setup Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L04 96 Duplicated setup of outdoor line address Outdoor line addresses are duplicated d07 Al NET YES Is there duplicated line address setup Correct the line address setup Are communication cable connections of U1 U2 U3 U4 and U5 U6 normal YES Check outdoor I F P C board Re set up the address Failure Replace Refer to Address setup Correct the cable connection Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L05 96 Duplicated indoor units with priority 1 Two or more prior indoor units exist d07 Al NET Displayed on indoor unit with priority This check code is displayed on the set indoor unit when setup of indoor unit with priority is duplicated e Priority setup with two or more units is not available Choose one prior unit in one refrigerant circuit system 182 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation L06 96 Duplicated indoor units with priority Two or more indoor units with priority d07 Al NET Displayed on the indoor unit other than are duplicated one with priority and on the outdoor unit Sub code No of indoor units with priority When indoor unit with priority is duplicated this check code is displayed on the unit other than the setup indoor unit and outdoor unit e As only one indoor unit with priority is valid change the setup Check code name Check code name
285. s side Sensor TA Fan motor y ES ZC Z N Strainer Capillary tube Air heat exchanger at indoor side EZ l Pulse Motor Valve PMV a Strainer ee 1 CA Sensor TCJ Fan ge AN Sensor TC1 NOTE MMU AP0071 YH to AP0121 YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor Functional part name Functional outline Pulse Motor Valve PMV Connector CN082 6P Blue 1 Controls super heat in cooling operation 2 Controls under cool in heating operation 3 Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation 4 Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation Temp sensor 1 TA Connector CN104 2P Yellow 1 Detects indoor suction temperature 2 TC1 Connector CN100 3P Brown 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 3 TC2 Connector CN101 2P Black 1 Controls PMV under cool in heating operation 4 TCJ Connector CN102 2P Red 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 2 MMU AP0071 to AP0121YH only Controls PMV under cool in heating operation 58 5 COMBINED REFRIGERANT PIPES SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 5 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H HES IT PMV1 PMV2 PMV 1 PMV2 TL Liquid tank NZ AAA IX LS Ir Balance pipe pL t a a Gas pipe a a oa E Sen ae Liquid pipe mae V v vV vV v vV v V A ri A CN A i A CN Indoor unit Eee High pressur
286. s there no abnormal sound Check positions around the fan YES Check all indoor unit in turn 8 6 2 Cooling Heating Test Operation Check The cooling heating test operation check can be performed on both remote controller and outdoor interface PC board 1 Test operation start stop operation lt Test operation from remote controller gt Wired remote controller Refer to the lower items in Test operation of wired remote controller Wireless remote controller Refer to the lower items in Test operation of wireless remote controller Wired remote controller 1 When pushing button for 4 seconds or more TEST is displayed in the display section and the mode enters in test operation mode 1 AN J EEN SE Lovo JC aye CUNIT I ED E YC Cv J SE SEH SEI S 2 Push 1 button a e Do not use operation mode other than COOL or HEAT RS e Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation Test ORWWS e Error is detected as usual 4 When the test operation has finished push EST button to stop the operation The same display as that in procedure 1 appears in the display section 5 Push button to clear the test operation mode TEST display in the display section disappears and the status returns to the normal stop status 107 W
287. se a shortage of oxygen occurs Be sure to execute ventilation When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power ON use rubber gloves and others not to touch to the charging section If touching to the charging section an electric shock may be caused When the refrigerant gas leaks find up the leaked position and repair it surely If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted pump down and tighten the service valve otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub room it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused For the installation moving reinstallation work follow to the Installation Manual If an incorrect installation is done a trouble of the refrigerating cycle water leak electric shock or fire is caused After repair work has finished check there is no trouble If check is not executed a fire electric shock or injury may be caused For a check turn off the power breaker After repair work installation of front panel and cabinet has finished execute a test run
288. se motor EDM MD12TF 3 ee Floor Standing Concealed Type Model MML AP 0071BH 0091BH om oam 0181BH 0241BH Fan motor AF 200 19 4G AF 200 70 4K Running condenser for fan motor AC450V 1 5uF AC450V 1uF AC450V 2uF Transformer TT 13 Floor Standing Type Leen wannen Tunn AF 200 1608 Running condenser for fan motor AC500V 3uF AC500V 3 but AC500V 4uF Transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 eos O O 29 3 2 Outdoor Unit Cooling Only Model Model MMY MAP0501 T8 MAP0601 T8 MAP0801 T8 MAP1001 T8 MAP1201 T8 Compressor Compressor DA351A3FB 23M Output 3 0kKW x 2 DA421A3FB 23M_ Output 375KWx2 23M DA421A3FB 23M_ Output 375KWx2 3 75KW x 2 4 way valve coil Heat pump only VHV 01AJ502C1 GE LB64046 AGC220 240V 50 60Hz Pulse motor valve coil Pulse motor valve coil valve coil VPV MOAJ524C0 HAM MD12TF 3 DC12V ACG220 240V 50 60Hz 2 way valve coil VPV 122DQ1 SV2 SV3D SV42 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3E SV41 SV5 VPV 122DQ1 SV2 SV3C SV3D SV3E 2 way valve VPV 303DQ1 SV3A SV41 SV42 SV5 VPV 603DQ2 SV3B HHigh pressureSWo pressure HHigh pressureSWo ACBB215 OFF 373MPa ON 29MPa JB215 OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa Pressure sensor For high pressure 150XA4 H3 0 5 to 3 5V 0 to 0 98MPa Pressure sensor For low pressure 150XA4 L1 0 5 to 4 3V 0 to 3 73MPa Compressor case thermo US 622KXTMQO SS OFF 125 C ON 90 C x 2 Heat Pump Model Model MMY MAP0501HT7 MAP0601HT7
289. ses worse condition or health loss ZASS e It is unhealthy especially take care of children or aged persons S e Recommended set temperature 26 to 28 C 22 to 24 C Don t cool excessively 54 3 17 When the Following Symptoms are Found Check the points described below before asking repair servicing Outdoor unit e White misty cold air e Fan of the outdoor unit stops automatically and performs defrost or water is out operation Sometimes noise e Solenoid valve works when defrost operation starts or finishes Pushu is heard Indoor unit Swish sound is e When the operation has started during the operation or immediately heard sometimes after the operation has stopped a sound such as water flows may be heard and the operation sound may become larger for 2 or 3 minutes immediately after the operation has started They are flowing sound of refrigerant or draining sound of dehumidifier Slight Pishi sound e This is sound generated when heat exchanger etc expand and is heard contract slightly due to change of temperature Discharge air smells Various smell such as one of wall carpet clothes cigarette or cosmetics adhere to the air conditioner The operation lamp e Flashes when power is turned on again after power failure or when flashes power switch is turned on STANDBY e When cooling operation cannot be performed because another indoor indication is lit unit perfor
290. sor and Pd sensor connectors zero e Check connection of Ps sensor connector e Check Ps sensor error e Check compression error of compressor e Check 4 way valve error e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Check SV4 circuit error All stop Output voltage of Pd sensor was Check connection of Pd sensor connector zero Sensor Open e Check Pd sensor error for 3 minutes or more Indoor other error Corresponding Indoor PC board did not operate e Check indoor PC board error EEPROM error unit only stops normally Outdoor EEPROM error All stop 1 Outdoor PC board I F did not e Check power voltage operate normally e Check power noise e Check outdoor PC board I F error Inverter current detection circuit e Check power voltage AC220 240V 10 detected over current and e Check compressor error stopped e Check cause of abnormal overload operation e Check outdoor PC board IPDU error 01 Compressor 1 side Compressor breakdown 02 Compressor 2 side All stop 1 All stop only in case of the header unit The follower unit continues operation OVI Check code Detected ai Main Outdoor 7 segment display Al NET position Check code name Error detection condition remote central control controller Check code Sub code remote controller H02 01 Compressor 1 side Compressor error lock All stop Over current was detected 02 Compressor 2 side MG SW error s
291. sor capacity 2 Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat Heater Compressor case Compressor 1 Connector CN316 White Compressor 2 Connector CN315 Blue heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Accumulator case Connector CN321 Red heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Balance pipe 1 Oil balancing in each outdoor unit 57 4 3 Indoor Unit Liquid side Gas side Sensor TA Fan motor y ES ZC Z N Strainer Capillary tube Air heat exchanger at indoor side EZ l Pulse Motor Valve PMV a Strainer ee 1 CA Sensor TCJ Fan ge AN Sensor TC1 NOTE MMU AP0071 YH to AP0121 YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor Functional part name Functional outline Pulse Motor Valve PMV Connector CN082 6P Blue 1 Controls super heat in cooling operation 2 Controls under cool in heating operation 3 Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation 4 Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation Temp sensor 1 TA Connector CN104 2P Yellow 1 Detects indoor suction temperature 2 TC1 Connector CN100 3P Brown 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 3 TC2 Connector CN101 2P Black 1 Controls PMV under cool in heating operation 4 TCJ Connector CN102 2P Red 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 2 MMU AP0071 to AP0121YH only Controls PMV under cool in heating operation
292. sor in each outdoor unit according to Pd pressure It is individually executed by the header unit and each follower unit 1 Contents of control e The compressor stops when Pd pressure is over 3 5MPa The case heater output includes compressor case heater and 8 stop by high pressure release control accumulator case heater This control is to prevent accumulation of refrigerant in the compressor case by turning of the power of heater while the compressor stops and it is executed in all the outdoor units If electricity is not turned on for a specified time before the test run after installation a trouble of the compressor may be caused When the power has been interrupted for a long time and the operation starts from the status as it was it is desirable to turn on the power before start of operation as per the test run time This control is used often together with the compressor winding heating control In this case the power sound may be heard but it is not a trouble 1 Contents of control e Turns on during compressor OFF e Turns off when the detected TO sensor temp is 28 C or higher and turns on when it is 25 C or lower e The operation continues for 10 minutes after compressor OFF changed to compressor ON 10 Case heater control 11 IPDU control IPDU controls the inverter compressor by command frequency frequency up down speed and current release control value from the interface P C board The main cont
293. sound can be heard Then turn off the power once and turn on the power again lt Oil equation control schematic diagram gt Header outdoor unit Follower outdoor unit Unit to MMY MAP1201HT MMY MAP1201HT Unit to send oil received oil PMV1 PMV2 Balance pipe Liquid pipe Se Gas pipe i 73 7 APPLIED CONTROL 7 1 Indoor Unit 7 1 1 Setup of Selecting Function in Indoor Unit Be sure to Execute Setup by a Wired Remote Controller lt Procedure gt Execute the setup operation while the unit stops SON 1 Push SET cL and buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more The firstly displayed unit No indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 2 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively displayed In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only is turned on 3 Specify the item code DN using the setup temperature and buttons 4 Select the setup data using the timer time and buttons When selecting the DN code to 33 change the temperature indication of the unit from C to F on the remote controller 5 Push button OK if display goes on e To change the selected indoor unit return to procedure 2 e To change the item to be set up return to procedure J 6 Pushing button returns the status to nor
294. ss e The indoor unit address which is connected to the refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis played and the fan is turned on 4 Every pushing button the indoor unit 6 numbers in the identical pipe are successively displayed 1 e Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates To select another line address 3 5 Push button to return to procedure 2 Operation procedure e The indoor address of another line can be succes pee ee ee sively confirmed 6 Push button to finish the procedure 4 5 6 End m Change of indoor address from remote controller Change of indoor address from wired remote controller e To change the indoor address in individual operation Wired remote controller Indoor unit 1 1 or group control When the setup operation with automatic address has finished this change is available lt Procedure gt Operation while air conditioner stops Push simultaneously buttons for 4 seconds or more The firstly displayed unit No indicates the header unit in group control 2 In group control select an indoor unit No to be changed by button The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 3 Using the setup temp buttons set J to the item code an 3 srr Pee Lee 4 Using the timer time G buttons change the displayed setup
295. ssor error Cause of abnormal overload operation IPDU P C board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side NO Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal 380 415V 10 YES Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts NO Is connection of wiring or connection of NO connector on IPDU PC board normal Correct connector connection or wiring YES Correct power line Is winding resistance between phases of corresponding compressor normal Note 1 NO Compressor error Motor burning etc YES YES Is not it an abnormal overload Correct cause of overload NO Take off lead cable of compressor 1 Check resistance between windings lt is normal if there are 0 7Q to 0 90 2 Check insulation between outdoor cabinet and terminal It is normal if there are 10MQ or more Check IPDU P C board Note 1 After checking the output when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal check surely there is no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal If it is loosened caulk it with pinchers etc and then connect lead to the terminal firmly C Details of compressor power connecting section 170 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation H02 1d Compressor error Lock Outdoor unit power line error d07 Al NET Compressor circuit system error Compressor error Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell IPDU PC
296. t circuit 4 way valve error SV4 circuit error Are service valves at gas and NO liquid side fully opened YES Is outdoor PMV normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 Outdoor I F P C board NO Connectors CN300 301 White YES Are characteristics of NO TS1 sensor resistance normal R Refer to outdoor temp sensor YES characteristics 2 Does not discharge YES refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4 way valve NO Is there no leakage of NO SV41 and 42 valve circuits YES Refrigerant shortage e clogging pipe breakage Check there is no clogging and 195 Open service valves fully Repair outdoor PMV Replace TS1 sensor Check and replace 4 way valve and coil Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits Coil valve body disconnection of cable etc pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P15 AE Gas leak detection Outdoor unit service valve closed d07 Al NET TD condition Sub code 02 Outdoor PMV error TD sensor error SV4 circuit error Refrigerant shortage clogging refrigerant circuit Are service valves of gas NO and liquid sides fully opened Open service valves fully YES Is outdoor PMV normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 Outdoor I F P C board NO Connectors CN300 301 White
297. t circuit parts system Pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerat circuit parts fan system parts gt Remove the communication BUS2 connector CN03 between outdoor units on the interface P C board Setup for outdoor unit with trouble _ ee SS re j a Hi mmi Remove communication connector CNO3 on the interface P C board only when a trouble occurred on the refrigerant circuit parts system 2 N Close service valve of gas pipe fully 3 Service valves of the liquid and the balance pipe are kept opened However close the liquid valve when a leakage occurred on the outdoor PMV Setup for header unit 5 Turn on Bit 2 of the Dip SWO9 on the interface Interface P C board of the header unit P C board of the header unit ui 2 enn men sen Setup not to detect the indoor capacity over 6 Turn on the power supplies of all the units other than the unit with trouble As for power supply of the unit with trouble follow the procedure below lt In case of trouble on the compressor or electric parts system Compressor ES 3 SWO9 electric system parts I F P C board IPDU PC board gt Keep OFF for the main power supply of the unit lp case of trouble on the refrigerant circuit parts system Pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerant circuit parts fan system parts gt Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor Case heater ON Although E19 Outdoor
298. t for pressure adjustment Sa i Outdoor unit with trouble D vw The low pressure ER f is displayed by Za pushing SW04 Ps The low pressure is i displayed by setting p a SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 ij l A Ps 2 FF SF FS FERE ERER SS SS E 13 When low pressure of the troubled outdoor unit become below 0 10MPa close fully service valve of the balance Close service valve of the gas pipe gradually with checking the low pressure PIPE and then adjust the pressure to 0 12MPa 12 When low pressure of the troubled outdoor 14 unit and low pressure of the outdoor unit Turn off the power of all the outdoor units Using a recovery device the remaining refrigerant in for pressure adjustment become almost same close the service valve of gas pipe the outdoor unit in which pump down operation has a ully finished and measure the amount All of the refrigerant recovery work has finished 235 Backup operation of the outdoor unit is being executed lt Outline gt When the power supply of the outdoor unit cannot be turned on under condition that a backup operation is set up for the troubled outdoor unit correct refrigerant recovery procedure is different Try to recover refrigerant in the following proce dure However in the case of outdoor backup operation in cooling season or the troubled unit ON during outdoor backup operation recover
299. t is necessary to set up jumper line etc for each model Refer to Exchange procedure of IPDU PC board 4 IPDU PC 1 Stop operation and then turn off switch board for fan of the breaker 2 Take off cables 3 Take off the heat sink Radiator plate fixing screws M3 x 14 4 pcs vil SR Tightening torque of screw for heat sink fixing board 0 55 0 1Nem 253 No Part to be Work procedure exchanged 5 Inverter assembly REQUIREMENT e Removal of PC board and Put on gloves during working otherwise electric parts an injury may be caused by parts etc 5 Reactor 1 Stop operation and then turn off switch of the breaker 6 Transformer 2 Take off screws 3 positions of the 7 Electrolytic terminal block installation board condenser 3 Take off the fixing screws of each part and then remove the cables 7 Cautions when removing the electro Reactor transformer and electrolytic lytic condenser condenser are stored at the rear side of the terminal block 1 As the natural discharge by the electro lytic condenser may be unavailable and voltage may remain in some cases due to trouble conditions be sure to perform discharge of the condenser 2 Using resistance for discharge 1009 40W or equivalent or plug of the soldering iron make continuity and discharge between and poles This electrolytic condenser has a large capacity Therefore it is dangerous to make discharge
300. t temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Check codename Check codename name Check code name Cause of operation F10 0C Indoor TA sensor error TA sensor Open Short d07 Al NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TA sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connec tor TA sensor CN104 Yellow and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace indoor P C board Check code name code name Check code name Cause of operation F12 A2 TS1 sensor error TS1 sensor Open Short d07 Al NET This error code means detection of Open Short of TS1 sensor Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector TS1 sensor CN504 White and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit tem perature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board 165 Check code name Check code name Cause of operation F13 43 TH sensor error IGBT built in sensor error in A3 IPDU d07 AI NET Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side This error code means IGBT built in temperature sensor error Check connection of connectors CNO6 on IPDU PC board and CN600 on I F PC board If sensor is normal replace IPDU P C board Check code name Check code name Cause of operation F15 18 Outdoo
301. tation count can be checked on 7 segment display Refer to Outdoor refrigerant circuit system data display and Indoor cycle data display in Section 9 Troubleshooting 111 8 7 Service Support Function 8 7 1 Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line Wiring over lines between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P C board of the header unit However be sure to check the following items prior to execute this check function 1 This check function does not work when a group operation by remote controller is performed and it is used over outdoor units 2 When using this check system be sure to check for each 1 line in the unit of outdoor unit If checking the multiple lines at the same time misjudgment may be caused lt Check procedure gt Power ON Be sure to turn on the power at indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit V System capacity check Set the rotary switch SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 2 and 3 respectively Then the system capacity is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected system capacity Check No of outdoor units Set the rotary switch SW01 SW02 and SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 3 and 3
302. temp TS TS oa Indoor coil temp TC2 C ES Outdoor heat exchanger temp TE EE E DEEN CES 16 Temp at liquid side TL WERNER oe Indoor discharge temp Tf NOTE 1 ENER ER Outside ambient temp TO EIS 18 Low pressure saturation temp TU ESE a Indoor PMV opening pulse x 1 10 Compressor 1 current 11 ail sae No of connected indoor units punt Compressor 2 current 12 HESS ER Total HP of connected indoor units E PMV1 2 opening x 1 10 l La Compressor 1 2 ON OFF ae NOTE 3 DC No of connected outdoor units unit Outdoor fan mode Sa 0 to 31 NOTE 1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with NOTE 4 For item code an example of the header unit is Returns to the normal display Indoor unit data NOTE 2 Outdoor unit individual data 8 4 5 System data the discharge temperature sensor This tempera described ture is not displayed for other types NOTE 5 The upper digit of the item code indicates the NOTE 2 When the units are connected to a group data outdoor unit No of the header indoor unit only can be displayed 1 Header unit A NOTE 3 01 Compressor 1 only is ON 2 Follower unit B 10 Compressor 2 only is ON 3 Follower unit C 11 Both compressor 1 and 2 are ON 4 Follower unit D 127 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 9 1 Troubleshooting Summary 1 Before troubleshooting 1 Applied models All Super Module Multi system type models Indoor unit MMX APXXX Outdoor unit MMY MAPXX
303. ter Compressor Inverter Solenoid svalve SV3B e E P Balance Liquid Gas E pipe side side F service service service valve valve valve 241 15 REPLACING COMPRESSOR 15 1 Compressor Replacing Procedure Outline START A WARNING Never recover the refrigerant into out door unit Be sure to use a refrigerant recovery device for Is the outdoor unit a single system refrigerant recovery in reinstallation or repair work Recovery into outdoor unit is unavailable otherwise a serious accident such as rupture or injury will be caused Open PMV of the troubled unit manually Using refrigerant Short CN30 on I F P C board recovery method at and turn off the power supply replacing of and recover refrigerant b compressor recover l l refrigerant E EA the refrigerant NOTE Full opening operation of PMV by CN30 NOTE short circuiting returns full closing when 2 minutes passed To continue full opening status turn off Turn off power of the troubled outdoor unit power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes Take off the troubled compressor Measure oil amount of the troubled compressor Check oil color of the troubled compressor ASTM Is 4 or more Judge the oil status based on the oil color NO Exchange the troubled compressor only and then decide to exchange the troubled compressor only or both compressors Replace both troubled compressor and normal
304. th the model name RBC ATM21E the following monitor functions can be used lt Calling of display screen gt Contents The temperature or the operation status of the remote controller indoor unit or each sensor of the outdoor unit can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller Procedure 7 Push buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode The service monitor goes on and tempera ture of the item code is firstly displayed 2 Push the temperature setup buttons to select the item number Item code to be monitored For displayed codes refer to the table below LA No 3 Push button to change the item to one to be monitored Then monitor the indoor unit and Operation procedure sensor temperature or operation status in the 1 2 3 corresponding refrigerant line D la gt w 3 d Pushing button returns the display to the normal display Item Data name Display Item Data name Unit Display code Se a format Room temp During control 10 Compressor 1 discharge temp Td1 Compressor 1 discharge temp Td1 x1 Ea Compressor 2 discharge temp Td2 Eo ae Room temp Remote controller 2 High pressure sensor detention EJ Indoor suction temp TA pressure Pd Low GE sensor detention x 100 14 Suction Suction
305. the refrigerant in the work procedure in which the abovementioned Outdoor Unit Backup Setup is not performed If the backup for the outdoor unit is set up under condition that the troubled unit is turned on return the communication connector CNO3 between outdoor units on the interface PC board of the corresponding unit to the original status reset the power supply and then start the recovery operation in the above work procedure Note If the power of the troubled unit cannot be turned on the solenoid valve PMV of the unit cannot be turned on Therefore the refrigerant recovery amount decreases compared with the usual pump down operation Using a refrigerant recovery device recover the remaining gas in the unit and measure the recovered amount lt Work procedure gt Setup for the troubled outdoor unit 1 Using a gauge manifold connect the check joint of the liquid pipe and the low pressure side and then purge air in the hose To recover refrigerant in the heat exchanger and the liquid tank 2 Close fully the service valve of the liquid pipe of the outdoor unit with trouble Keep service valve of the gas pipe and the balance pipe opened Setup for the unit selected as header unit 3 Set up the rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 5 1 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit and push the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more after C have been displayed on 7 segment display section 4 The system operates in the test coo
306. tion pipe L i 6 34h B15 88 between ool A SE and discharge pipe 256 Part to be Work procedure exchanged Attachment detachment of pipe fixing rubber REQUIREMENT Put on gloves during working otherwise an injury may be caused by parts etc lt Disassembling gt 1 Hold the both ends longitudinal direction of the rubber lightly and then make a margin between SUS band and fixing rubber 2 Pushing in the claw side of SUS band with fingers the claw comes off from the square hole lt Assembly gt 1 The fixing rubber is a segmentation system due to freedom degree of combination Therefore for assembly it is recommended to fit both pipes including the fixing rubber after passing the rubber through the pipes separately In this time check both slit direct the same direction 2 Align the claw side of SUS band to slit side of the rubber for assembly Assembly in reverse direction is also available but the work performance decreases 3 Attach the band so that a clearance does not generate between SUS band and fixing rubber Especially pay attention not to generate a clearance at part of the hair pin side of the band Fit the root of claw to the rubber lightly push R part at square hole side toward the arrow mark and then hook the claw to the square hole If it is not hooked recheck 3 there is no clearance between band and rubber 257 A Tei Push in the band toward arrow mar
307. to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound If check is not executed a fire or an electric shock is caused Before test run install the front panel and cabinet Check the following items after reinstallation 1 The earth wire is correctly connected 2 The power cord is not caught in the product 3 There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable If check is not executed a fire an electric shock or an injury is caused N CAUTION Be sure to put on gloves during repair work If not putting on gloves an injury may be caused with the parts etc Heavy gloves such as work gloves When the power was turned on start to work after the equipment has been sufficiently cooled As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling heating operation a burn may be caused e New Refrigerant R410A This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant R410A which does not deplete the ozone layer 1 Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant R22 Accompanied with change of refrigerant the refrigerating oil has been also changed Therefore be sure that water dust the former refriger ant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refriger ant during installation work or service work If an incorrect work or incorrect service is
308. tromotive proof diode In case of DC into the bypass circuit L ia power gt r Power peak cut control board TCB PCDM2E In case of pulse signal Max AC240V A Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 Setup when Power peak cut control requested Power peak cut control board sm swe ur Outdoor unit interface P C board TCB PCDM2E Power peak cut ON signal is input Capacity 60 Upper limit restriction lt Setup positions of header outdoor unit lt Connector position magnified drawing gt interface P C board gt a OH F e dt a A a e T z ui 8 i a ii al aly Fe Vi Operation stop to 100 i E SWO07 Bit 1 ON 60 to 100 84 7 2 2 2 Power Peak cut Control Expansion Header outdoor unit interface PC board Operation WO gi Sch i A a Bit 1 The upper limit capacity of the outdoor unit is restricted ON Bit 2 based on the demand request signal from outside Setup to L1 Display lamp during Power peak cut control CNS13 BLU Pisses SW1 Power peak cut ON switch 1 unit only SW2 Power peak cut OFF switch 1 Power peak cut h control board Z Input signals of SW1 and SW2 are acceptable even if they are upper than pulse input 100mm sec or serially made Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Relay contact capacity of operation port Below AC240V 1A COS 100 Below DC24V 2A Non inductive load Note When c
309. ube Sensor TK2 Oil tank Solenoid valve O V SV3E AC Capillary tube Capillary tube Solenoid o Valve SV3B Balance pipe Liquid side Gas side servise valve servise valve servise valve 56 Low pressure sensor Check joint erate N Sensor TS1 T Accumulator 4 2 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline Connector CN324 Red 1 SV3A Solenoid valve 1 Collects oil in the oil tank during OFF time 2 Supplies oil reserved in the oil tank during ON time 2 SV3B Connector CN313 Blue 1 Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor 3 SV3C Connector CN314 Black 1 Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil tank during ON time 4 SV3D Connector CN323 White 1 Reserves oil in the oil separator during OFF time and supplies oil during ON time 5 SV3E Connector CN323 White 1 Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector CN312 White 1 Low pressure release function 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time 6 SV2 7 SV4 n Start compensation valve of compressor Connector CN311 Blue 1 For gas balance start 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function Connector CN310 White for Heating model only 1 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation Connector CN317 Bl
310. ue 1 Cooling heating exchange 2 Reverse defrost Connector CN300 301 White 1 Super heat control function in heating operation 2 Liquid line shut down function while follower unit stops 3 Sub cool adjustment function in cooling operation 8 SV5 4 way valve Pulse motor valve PMV1 2 Oil separator 1 Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil Decreases oil flowing to the cycle 2 Reserve function of surplus oil Temp sensor 1 TD1 TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2 Connector CN503 Pink TD2 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp Used for release 2 TS1 Connector CN504 White 1 Controls super heat in heating operation Connector CN505 Green 1 Controls defrost in heating operation 2 Controls outdoor fan in heating operation 4 TK1 TK2 TK1 Connector CN514 Black TK2 Connector CN515 Green 3 TEI TK3 TK4 TK3 Connector CN516 Red TK4 Connector CN523 Yellow 1 Judges oil level of the compressor 5 TL Connector CN521 White Detects under cool in cooling operation 1 6 TO Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects outside temperature Pressure sensor 1 High pressure sensor Connector CN501 Red 1 Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation 2 Low pressure Connector CN500 White sensor 1 Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compres
311. ue e Check indoor PC board error F12 F12 A2 I F TS1 sensor error e Check outdoor PC board I F error F13 F13 01 Compressor 1 side 4 IPDU TH sensor error All stop e Resistance value of sensor is e IGBT built in temp sensor error 02 Compressor 2 side infinite or zero Open Short Exchange IPDU PC board F15 F15 I F 3 18 Outdoor temp sensor All stop During operation of compressor in e Check installation of TE1 sensor and TL sensor miscabling TE1 TL HEAT mode the TE1 detection e Check characteristics of TE1 and TL sensor resistance F16 F16 43 I F Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling Pd Ps temp was higher than that of TL value pf n Pd gt 4 15MPa during stop of e Check outdoor PC board I F error by the specified value continued Check outdoor PC board I F error F24 F24 43 I F Pd sensor error compressor TL sensor error All stop TO sensor error All stop e Resistance value of sensor is e Check connection of TS1 sensor connector infinite or zero Open Short All stop All stop High pressure Pd sensor and low e Check connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector pressure Ps sensor were e Check connection of low pressure Ps sensor connector exchanged or output voltages of Check pressure sensors Pd and Ps error both sensors are zero e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Check compression error of compressor All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor was Misconnection of Ps sen
312. uit NO NO Is SV5 circuit normal YES Are not indoor units of ane NO ENEE Check with miscabling check function YES of outdoor unit YES Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition 200 Is connector connection of indoor heat exchanger fan or fan motor normal Are characteristics of sensor TC2 and TC resistance normal NO Repair faulty parts NO Replace TC2 or TCJ sensor Check indoor P C board Faulty Replace Repair check valve Replace Eliminate the interfered causes Repair SV5 circuit Coil error choke been of cable sia Check and correct cabling Check code name Check code name Cause of operation P22 1A Outdoor fan IPDU error Fan lock d07 Al NET Fan IPDU PC board error Overload cause External cause such as blast Fan IPDU power PC board error Sub code 0 IGBT short circuit 1 x Position detect circuit error 3 Motor lock error 4 x Motor current error detected Cx TH sensor error Heat sink overheat Das TH sensor error Ex Vdc error Are cable connector Correct cable connector connection connection on fan IPDU and power P C board A ssy normal YES Is not outdoor fan motor locked N Replace motor YES Is there no loosening on fixation YES between fan IPDU and heat sink Retightening of screws etc YES O YES O Replace fan IPDU
313. ulator cover T 7 Cut pipe at entrance exit ports 6 Two screws each 3 Accumulator at front and rear 8 fixing board PS es an H 4 SV2 valve 7 Le oS oe J Le D Le X e 3 Two screws 4 Brazing part with SV2 assembly 258 17 P C BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES 17 1 Indoor Unit 17 1 1 Exchange of P C Board for Indoor Service Model type P C board model Label display on P C board MMU AP za 1WH series MMU AP 1H series MMU AP za 1YH series 431 6V 207 MMU AP sa 1SH series MCC 1403 MML AP 1H series MML AP zs 1BH series MMF AP 1H series 431 6V 210 MMU AP os 1BH series MCC 1402 03DD M02 MMU AP 1H series 431 6V 225 MMC AP 1H series MCC 1402 03DD M03 MMK AP 1H series Requirement at exchange of P C board assembly for indoor service Before exchange in the fixed memory hereinafter EEPROM IC10 installed on the indoor P C board the type exclusive to the model and the capacity code are stored at shipment from the factory The important setup data such as line indoor group address which are set up Auto Manual or high ceiling exchange setup at installation time respectively Proceed with exchange of PC board assembly for indoor service in the following procedure After exchange work check again the setup for indoor unit No or group header follower units to confirm whether the setup contents are correct or not and then check also the refrigerant
314. unit is installed in each partitioned room and the refrigerant tubing is interconnected the smallest room of course becomes the object But when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room where the density limit is exceeded the volume of the next smallest room becomes the object 777A Indoor unit Refrigerant piping Outdoor unit Indoor unit ECG Large room Mechanical ventilation device Gas leak detector NOTE 3 The minimum indoor floor area compared with the amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows When the ceiling is 2 7m high A O Range below the density limit of 0 3 kg m countermeasures not needed 3 N oO Wu 30 Range above the density limit of 0 3 kg m countermeasures needed Min indoor floor area on Total amount of refrigerant kg A direct current motor is adopted for indoor fan motor in the Concealed Duct Standard Type air conditioner Caused from its characteristics a current limit works on the direct current motor When replacing the high performance filter or when opening the service board be sure to stop the fan If an above action is executed during the fan operation the protective control works to stop the unit operation and the check code P12 may be issued However it is not a trouble When the desired operation has finished be sure to reset the system to clear P12 error
315. up follower unit error 19 Detected outdoor unit number fg elle A eeo alaja e AT le 0o we popIpI elei oloa aliala IppIpIp 1010 Ip UF I F I F I F I F z N W a IGBT short Fan motor position detective circuit error Fan motor trouble TH sensor temp error Heat sink overheat TH sensor error P2 P22 P2 2 6 P29 Duplicated network adaptors AI NET Error detected by TCC LINK central control device Check code Wireless remote controller Judging device Sending error in TCC LINK central control device TCC LINK Central control Check code name device indication Receiving error in TCC LINK central control device TCC LINK Batch alarm of general purpose equipment HA control interface control interface I F Differs according to error contents of unit with occurrence of alarm Group control follower unit error EECH le L20 is displayed Duplicated central control addresses 131 New check code 1 Difference between the TCC LINK and AI NET check code The displaying method of the check code changes in this model and after uereg code TOC Link Used characters Hexadecimal notation 2 digits Alphabet Decimal notation 2 digits Characteristics of code Few classification of communication Many classification of communication incorrect setup system classification incorrect setup system Block display Indoor P C board Outdoor P C Communication Incorrect setup 4 ways Indoor p
316. up of the priority mode Select a priority mode based upon the demand of the destination to be installed E Setup Note In Specific indoor unit priority mode only it is necessary to set up an indoor unit only which you desire to give priority 1 Outdoor unit Header unit only setup Operation Heating priority Setup at shipment No of operating units Priority is given to operation mode with which much more units operate ON ON Specific indoor unit priority Priority is given to operation mode of the indoor unit to which the operation mode priority has been set up 81 2 Indoor unit setup in Specific indoor unit priority mode The setup can be changed during stop of operation Be sure to stop the system a CD A Operation contents When pushing SET buttons at the same time for 4 seconds or more as shown in the figure the display section flashes after a while confirm the displayed item code is Z e When the item code is one other than Z push button to 1 eliminate the display and then repeat the procedure from the first step The remote controller operation is not accepted approx 1 minute f after pushing button In a group control the indoor unit with number displayed firstly is set to a the header unit Every pushing UNIT the indoor unit nu
317. upply voltage of the fan IPDU over the setup value was detected e Input power supply terminal of the fan IPDU was unconnected e Power supply PC board error of the fan IPDU e Check full opening of service valves Gas side Liquid side e Check outdoor fan error e Check outdoor fan motor error e Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 e Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers e Check air short circuiting in outdoor unit e Check clogging of SV2 circuit e Check outdoor PC board I F error e Check indoor fan system error Cause of air volume decrease e Check valve opening of indoor PMV e Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor e Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe e Check circuit of gas balance SV4 valve e Check circuit of SV5 valve e Check refrigerant overcharge e Check fan motor Interphase short circuit e Check fan IPDU error e Check fan IPDU error e Check fan motor Lock phase missing e Check cause of abnormal overload at start time e Check connection of connector to fan motor e Check power supply voltage e Check fan IPDU error e Check outdoor fan system e Check fan IPDU error e Check fixation between fan IPDU and heat sink e Check fan IPDU error e Check input power supply voltage of the fan IPDU e Check power supply PC board error of the fan IPDU e Check error of external electrolytic condenser 9p L Check code Outdo
318. utdoor unit U1 re rates EEN unr Fowerpesksncontl Saneaed swor 1 men mme C epoco enso zm aa owe esreowee o somam oe rerewe External master ON OFF control o l CN512 TCB PCMO2E Night operation control Pf CN508 TCB PCMO2E e Operation mode selection control CN510 TCB PCMO2E lt Outdoor unit interface P C board gt lt Connector position magnified drawing gt eb eke E m dr r i et Bebe dp 83 7 2 2 1 Power Peak cut Control Standard Header outdoor unit interface P C board Operation 3 Ser ae The upper limit capacity of the outdoor unit is restricted based on the demand request signal from outside Setup L1 Display lamp during power peak cut control CN513 BLU to header SW1 Power peak cut ON switch Connection cable ON during demand OFF in normal time ai Wire color BLU SW2 Power peak cut OFF switch Power peak cut OFF during demand ON in normal time 1 control board O 1 Input signals of SW1 and SW2 are acceptable even if they are longer then pulse input 100mm sec or serially made However do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Relay contact capacity of operation port Below AC240V 1A COS 100 Below DC24V 2A Non inductive load Note When connecting non inductive load such as relay coil to L1 load insert the noise surge absorber CR In case of serial signal In case of AC or counter elec
319. ven to remote control e In defrost time the control point is set to 6 C ler air speed setup e In A and B zones B zone Over 26 C below 28 C LOW C zone Over 28 C below 30 C MED D zone Over 30 C below 32 C HIGH E zone Ultra HIGH 7 Freeze preven 1 In cooling operation the air conditioner operates as de tion control scribed below based upon temp detected by TC1 TC2 and Low temp TCJ sensors release To prevent the heat exchanger from freezing the operation stops e When J zone is detected for 5 minutes the command frequency becomes SO to the outdoor unit e In K zone the timer count is interrupted and held e When 7 zone is detected the timer is cleared and the operation returns to the normal operation e When the command frequency became SO with continua tion of J zone operation of the the indoor fan in LOW mode until it reaches the zone It is reset when the following conditions are satisfied Reset conditions 1 TC1 gt 12 C and TC2 gt 12 C and TCJ 12 C 2 20 minutes passed after stop er rea tor P1 10 C 5 C 10 C 2 In cooling operation the air conditioner operates as described below based upon temp detected by TC2 and TCJ sensors e When M zone is detected for 45 minutes the command frequency becomes SO to the outdoor unit e In N zone the timer count is interrupted and held e Wh
320. vice valve Close fully 3 Balance pipe packed valve Open fully Indoor unit Ee High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Ss Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 61 5 4 Emergent Operation Heating Operation when Center Outdoor Backup Header unit Follower unit Header unit set MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001H temporarily in EE emergent time Ct Cl TE1 a Qae TE1 D ES Re ae a ei aen Sg aen Qi kd L e e da wg PMV1 PMV2 PMV1 PMV2 A Accumulator v Sa Compressor 1 1 When liquid leaks from PMV packed valve at liquid side Close fully 2 Gas pipe service valve Close fully 3 Balance pipe packed valve Open fully lo a _ Gas pipe EE Indoor unit ae High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant C Evaporative gas refrigerant Low pressure gas NOTE An outdoor unit which is connected with indoor outdoor communication lines is the Header unit and the other unit is called Follower unit Example 20HP system 62 5 5 Recovery of Refrigerant in Failed Outdoor Unit In Case of Failure of Follower Unit Header unit Follower unit MMY MAP1001H MMY MAP1001h PMV1 PMV2 df cons S
321. water is out operation Sometimes noise e Solenoid valve works when defrost operation starts or finishes Pushu is heard Indoor unit Swish sound is e When the operation has started during the operation or immediately heard sometimes after the operation has stopped a sound such as water flows may be heard and the operation sound may become larger for 2 or 3 minutes immediately after the operation has started They are flowing sound of refrigerant or draining sound of dehumidifier Slight Pishi sound e This is sound generated when heat exchanger etc expand and is heard contract slightly due to change of temperature Discharge air smells Various smell such as one of wall carpet clothes cigarette or cosmetics adhere to the air conditioner The operation lamp e Flashes when power is turned on again after power failure or when flashes power switch is turned on STANDBY e When cooling operation cannot be performed because another indoor indication is lit unit performs heating operation e When the manager of the air conditioner has fixed the operation to COOL or HEAT and an operation contrary to the setup operation is performed e When fan operation stopped to prevent discharge of hot air Sound or cool air is e Since refrigerant is flowed temporarily to prevent stay of oil or output from the refrigerant in the stand by indoor unit sound of flowing refrigerant stand by indoor unit Kyururu
322. wer switch e Clean the air filter every two weeks If the air filter is clogged with dust the performance of the air conditioner will deteriorate Air filter Removes dirt or dust It is included in the inlet grille Air inlet glille Floor Standing Concealed Type Air outlet e Clean the drain pan or the drain receiver If the drain pan or the drain receiver is clogged with dust water may overflow causing getting wet on the floor Drain receiver With strainer lt How to remove front panel gt e Push down hook of the air filter on the front panel Lower side e Pull the air filter toward you to remove it Air filter Removes dirt or dust It is included in the inlet grille Front panel Lower side e This model is a concealed type Therefore conceal other parts than the air outlet and the air filter Be sure not to touch the electric parts box the surrounding lead wires the refrigerant pipes etc directly with the hands 52 Cleaning of the main unit remote controller e Wipe them with soft and dry cloth e If heavy dirt adheres to the main unit wipe out it e Do not use benzene thinner polishing powder or similar solvents for cleaning These may cause a with a cloth dampened with tepid water For the crack or deformation remote controller use a dry cloth wae Polishing B Benzene powder will wipe soft and dry cloth lt If you do not use t
323. wered until indication of the compound tightened MA LAL gauge pointed 0 1MPa 76cmHg open fully the handle Low and ait Service port turn off the power of vacuum pump Valve fully closed liquid side ruy Nitrogen tightened a D a gas Never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount D 26 4 2 Do not charge the additional refrigerant If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner terminal units characteristics or refrigerant over the specified stan dard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Copper pipe Valve fully closed balance 4mm hexagonal wrench is required Set the equipment so that liquid refrigerant can be charged When using a cylinder with siphon pipe liquid can be charged without inversing the cylinder Cylinder with siphon Cylinder without siphon Gauge manifold Gauge manifold OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit Japul Ao JUBJOBIOY Electronic balance cylinder Electronic balance R410A refrigerant is consisted with HFC mixed refrigerant Therefore if the refrigerant gas is charged the composition of the charged refrigerant changes and characteristics of the equipment changes 6 Environment Use Va
324. xX 2 Required tools measuring devices e Screwdrivers Philips Minus spanner radio pinchers nipper push pin for reset switch etc e Tester thermometer pressure gauge etc 3 Confirmation before check The following items are not troubles nef Operon Compressor does not operate Is not delayed for 3 minutes 3 minutes after compressor OFF e Is not thermostat OFF e Is not the fan operating or timer e Is not the system initially communicating Indoor fan does not work e Is not the cold draft prevention being controlled in heating operation 3 Outdoor fan does not rotate or Is not low cooling operation being controlled fan speed changes e Is not a defrost operation being performed Indoor fan does not stop e Is not after heat elimination operation being controlled after heating opera tion 5 Start stop operation on remote Is not auxiliary unit or remote control being operated controller is unavailable en a e Is connecting wire of indoor unit or remote controller correct 2 Troubleshooting procedure When a trouble occurred advance the check operation in the following procedure E28 Check the check display on the interface P C board of the Check the check display corresponding follower unit on the interface P C board of the header unit Check position or part Trouble in which trouble occurred NOTE While a check operation is performed a malfunction of the micropro
325. y the unit which does not operate Unit unconnected to group controller terminal the remote controller Remove Fasten receptacle connected to remote controller terminals A B communication circuit fails and check the voltage If voltage is not applied replace P C board 15 to18V in normal time 105 lt Miswiring example gt Fig 1 Remote Header unit ee controller status 7 segment display Miswiring example No response E19 00 Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Remote Header unit SR controller status 7 segment display Miswiring example No response E19 02 Header Follower unit unit Indoorunit Remote Header unit E controller status 7 segment display Miswiring example No response E20 01 Follower Follower unit unit U1 U2 U5 U6 Miswiring example Number of connected outdoor units is short Follower Follower unit unit U3 U4 Indoorunit Indoorunit Fig 5 Miswiring example Number of connected outdoor units is short KR 106 Indoorunit Indoorunit Follower unit Line 2 Follower unit 8 6 Test Operation Check 8 6 1 Fan Check START to Check code and check position displayed on remote controller and outdoor unit PUSA ISTAR gt TOF Buon When an error code has been displayed on the remote controller remove the error cause referring Select the operation mode FAN di NO eee he en Check indoor fan fan motor and fan circuit YES NO I
326. yed on 7 segment display B after 15 minutes If there is no misconnection OOP is displayed Confirmation of check results 2 Push the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The indoor address in which error is being detected is displayed on 7 segment display B If there are multiple indoor address in which error is being detected they are successively exchanged and displayed When SWO05 is turned on again the display returns to display of No of units After check set each rotary switch SW01 SW02 SWO3 to 1 1 1 Interface P C board a a 7 segment display A 7 segment display A Cooling C Heating H 7 segment display A B P A No of misconnected indoor units 7 segment display A B Address display of misconnected indoor unit 7 segment display A 113 7 segment display B Operation This check operation requires 15 minutes even if there is no misconnection or there is any misconnection 8 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit DER Changes the mode of all the connected indoor 1 Cooling test operation 2 Heating test operation 3 Batch start Batch stop 4 Individual start Individual stop Indivi

3 When

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents